Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

by anastrophe for

Толкование Перевод

1 ἀπό

ἀπό, [dialect] Aeol., Thess., Arc., Cypr. [full] ἀπύ Sapph.44, cf. 78, Alc.33, Theoc.28.16,IG12(2).6.45 (Mytil.), ἀπυδόμεναι ib.9(2).594 ([place name] Larissa), 5(2).6 ([place name] Tegea), etc.:—Prep. usually with Gen. but v. infr. B. (Cf. Skt.

A ápa, Lat. ab, Umbr. ap-ehtre 'ab extra', Goth. af, OE. af, cef, of, etc.) Orig. sense, from. [ ᾰπο?ἀπόX: where ἀπο ¯ is found in [dialect] Ep. before v or liquids (as ἀπὸ ἕθεν Il.6.62
, ἀπὸ νευρῆς 11.664
, Hes. Sc. 409) ἀπαί was sometimes written in later texts, cf. Eust. 625.11:— [pron. full] ᾱ metri gr. in [dialect] Ep. compds., such as ἀπονέεσθαι.]

I OF PLACE, the earliest, and in Hom. the prevailing sense:

1 of Motion, from, away from, ἐσσεύοντο νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων Il.2.208
; pleonastic, ἀ. Τροίηθεν ib.24.492; ἀπ' οὐρανόθεν 8.365
(later with Advbs., ἀπὸ ἔμπροσθεν LXX Ec.1.10
, etc.); strengthd., ἐκτὸς ἀ. κλισιης Il.10.151
; also ἀπ' αἰῶνος νέος ὤλεο, implying departure from life, ib.24.725; opp. ἐξ, of relatively superficial motion, λαμβάνομεν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς γῆς οὐδέν, οὔτ' ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν X.Mem.2.7.2
; similarly of the cause or ground, ἐξ ὧν προηγώνισθε καὶ ἀφ' ὧν εἰκάζω Th.4.126
:— freq. of warriors fighting from chariots, etc., οἱ μὲν ἀφ' ἵππων, οἱ δ' ἀ. νηῶν.. μάχοντο Il.15.386
; ἀφ' ἵππων μάρνασθαι Od.9.49
; so ἡ μάχη ἦν ἀφ' ἵππων Hdt.1.79
; λαμπὰς ἔσται ἀφ' ἵππων on horseback, Pl.R. 328a; ἀφ' ἵππου θηρεύειν X.An.1.2.7
; ἀ. νεῶν πεζομαχεῖν Th. 7.62
; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν αἰρόμενος τοὺς ἱστοὺς ἀ. τούτων ἐσκοπεῖτο X.HG 6.2.29
; ὀμμάτων ἄπο.. κατέσταζον γένυν, of tears, E.Hec. 240: joined with ἐκ, ἐκ Κορίνθου ἀ. τοῦ στρατοπέδου Pl.Tht. 142a
.

2 of Position, away from, far from, μένων ἀ. ἧς ἀλόχοιο Il.2.292
(cf. ἀπ' ἀνδρὸς εἶναι to live apart from a man or husband, Plu.CG4); κεκρυμμένος ἀπ' ἄλλων Od.23.110
; μοῦνος ἀπ' ἄλλων h.Merc. 193
; ἀπ' ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀπ' οὔατος, far from sight or hearing, Il.23.53, 18.272, cf. 22.454; ἀ. θαλάσσης ᾠκίσθησαν Th.1.7
, cf. 46; αὐλίζεσθαι ἀ. τῶν ὅπλων Id.6.64
; ἀπ' οἴκου εἶναι Id.1.99
; σπεύδειν ἀ. ῥυτῆρος far from, i.e. without using the rein, S.OC 900; in Hom. freq. strengthd., τῆλε ἀ..., νόσφιν ἀ..., Il.23.880, 5.322; in measurement of distances, ὅσον ιέ στάδια ἀ. Φυλῆς X.HG2.4.4
, etc.; but later the numeral follows ἀ., πηγὰς ἔχων ἀ. μ σταδίων τῆς θαλάσσης D.S.4.56
; ἀ. σταδίων κ τῆς πόλεως Plu.Phil.4
; κατεστρατοπέδευσεν ἀ. ν σταδίων fifty stades away, Id.Oth.11, cf. D.Chr.17.17.

3 of the mind, ἀ. θυμοῦ away from, i. e. alien from, my heart, Il.1.562; ἀ. δόξης 10.324
; οὐ.. ἀ. σκοποῦ οὐδ' ἀ. δόξης Od.11.344
; ἀ. τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου τρόπου Th.1.76
; οὐδὲν ἀ. τρόπου not without reason, Pl.R. 470b; οὐκ ἀ. σκοποῦ, καιροῦ, Id.Tht. 179c, 187e; οὐκ ἀ. γνώμης S. Tr. 389
; οὐκ ἀ. τοῦ πράγματος D.24.6
; μάλα πολλὸν ἀπ' ἐλπίδος ἔπλετο A.R.2.863
.

4 in pregnant sense, with Verbs of rest, previous motion being implied (cf. ἐκ) , ἀνὰ δ' ἐβόασεν.. ἀ. πέτρας σταθείς E.Tr. 523
; ἀ.τῆς ἐμῆς κεφαλῆς τὴν [ἐκείνου] κεφαλὴν ἀναδήσω, i. e. taking the chaplet off my head, and placing it on his, Pl.Smp. 212e: with Verbs of hanging, where ἐκ is more common, ἁψαμένη βρόχον ἀ. μελάθρου Od.11.278
.

5 with the Article, where the sense of motion often disappears, οἱ ἀ. τῶν οἰκιῶν φεύγουσιν, i.e. οἱ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις φεύγουσιν ἀπ' αὐτῶν, X.Cyr.7.5.23; οἱ ἀ. τῶν πύργων.. ἐπαρήξουσι ib.6.4.18; αἴρειν τὰ ἀ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Cra. 410b
; αἱ ἵπποι αἱ ἀ. τοῦ ἅρματος v.l. in Hdt.4.8; ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ὁ ἀ. τοῦ στρατεύματος X.An.7.2.19
; τὸν ἀ. γραμμᾶς κινεῖ λίθον Theoc.6.18
.

6 partitive, λαχὼν ἀ. ληΐδος αἶσαν part taken from the booty, a share of it, Od.5.40; αἴρεσθαι ἀ. τῶν καλπίδων Ar. Lys. 539
; ἀ. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι παίδων εἷς μοῦνος Hdt.6.27
; ὀλίγοι ἀ. πολλῶν Th.7.87
, cf. A.Pers. 1023.

7 Math., of figures described upon a base, κῶνον ἀναγράφειν ἀ. κύκλου Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19
, etc.; τὸ ἀ. τῆς AB τετράγωνον the square on AB, Euc.1.47, cf. 48; εἴδεα ἀ. .. Archim.Spir.10,11.

8 ἀ. ἀνθρώπου ἕως γυναικός man and woman, LXX1 Es.9.40; ἀ. ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦib.Nu.5.3.

9 from being, instead of, ἀθανάταν ἀ. θνατᾶς.. ἐποίησας Βερενίκαν Theoc.15.106
.

10 privative, free from, without, ἀ. πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας PLips.16.19
(ii A. D.); ἀ. ζημίας PTeb420.4
(iii A. D.).

II OF TIME, from, after, Hom. only in Il.8.54 ἀ. δείπνου θωρήσσοντο rising up from, i.e. after, cf. Hdt.1.133; ἀ. δείπνου εἶναι or γενέσθαι, Id.1.126, 2.78, 5.18, al.; ἀ. τοῦ σιτίου πίνειν Hp.Salubr.5
; ἀ. τῶν σίτων διαπονεῖσθαι X.Lac. 5.8
; in narrative, τὸ ἀ. τούτου or το̄δε, from this point onwards, Hdt.1.4,2.99; ἀ. τούτου τοῦ χρόνου Id.1.82
, X.An.7.5.8; τὸ ἀπ' ἐκείνου Luc.Tox.25
; ἡμέρῃ δεκάτῃ ἀφ' ἧς.. Hdt.3.14
, etc.; δευτέρῃ ἡμέρῃ ἀ. τῆς ἐμπρήσιος Id.8.55
, cf. X.An.1.7.18, etc.; ἀφ' οὗ χρόνου Id.Cyr. 1.2.13
; more often ἀπ' or ἀφ' οὗ, Hdt.2.44, Th.1.18, etc.; ἀφ' οὗπερ A.Pers. 177
; ἀφ' ἧς Plu.Pel.15
; εὐθὺς ἀ. παλαιοῦ, ἀ. τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου, of olden time, Th.1.2,2.15; ἀπ' ἀρχᾶς Pi.P.8.25
, etc.; ἀ. γενεᾶς X. Cyr.1.2.8
; ἀφ' ἑσπέρας from the beginning of evening, i.e. at eventide, Th.7.29; ἀ. πρώτου ὕπνου ib.43; ἀ. μέσων νυκτῶν Ar.V. 218
; ἀπ' ἀγροῦ fresh from field-work, Ev.Marc.15.21, cf. 7.4; ἀ. νουμηνίας X.An.5.6.23
; χρονίζειν ἀ. τοῦ καιροῦ tarry beyond the time, LXX2 Ki. 20.5; ἀ. τέλους ἐννέα μηνῶν at the end of.., ib.24.8; γενόμενος ἀ. τῆς ἀρχῆς Plu.Caes.5
: hence ἀ. ἀγωνοθετῶν an εχ-ἀγωνοθέτης, IG3.398; ἀ. λογιστῶν POxy.1103.3
(iv A. D.); οἱ ἀ. ὑπατείας, = consulares, Hdn.7.1.9, etc.; but ἀ. τινος the freedman of.., IG5(2).50.59(Tegea, ii A. D.), cf.ib.5(1).1391 ([place name] Andania), 1473.

III OF ORIGIN, CAUSE, etc.:

1 of that from which one is born, οὐ γὰρ ἀ. δρυός ἐσσι οὐδ' ἀ. πέτρης not sprung from oak or rock, Od.19.163; γίγνονται δ' ἄρα ταί γ' ἔκ τε κρηνέων ἀ. τ' ἀλσέων 10.350
, cf. S.OT 415, OC 571, etc.: sts. ἀπό denotes remote, and ἐκ immediate, descent, τοὺς μὲν ἀ. θεῶν, τοὺς δ' ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν γεγονότας Isoc.12.81
, cf. Hdt.7.150; πέμπτη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ γέννα A.Pr. 853
; τρίτος ἀ. Διός third in descent from Zeus, Pl.R. 391c; οἱ ἀ. γένους τινός his descendants, Plu. Them.32; Περσέως ἀφ' αἵματος E.Alc. 509
: of the place one springs from, ἵπποι.. ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος Il.2.839
. cf. 849; Ἡρακλεῖδαι οἱ ἀ. Σπάρτης Hdt.8.114
, cf. Th.1.89, etc.; τοὺς ἀ. Φρυγίας X.Cyr.2.1.5
, etc.:hence,

b metaph. of things, Χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσαι Od.6.18
; θεῶν ἄπο μήδεα εἰδώς ib.12; γάλα ἀ. βοός A.Pers. 611
; μῆνις ἀφ' ἡμῶν Id.Eu. 314
; ἡ ἀφ' ὑμῶν τιμωρία Th.1.69
; ὁ ἀ. τῶν πολεμίων φόβος fear inspired by the enemy, X.Cyr.3.3.53.

c of persons, οἱ ἀ. τῆς χώρας, τῆς πόλεως, country folk, townsfolk, Plb.2.6.8, 5.70.8; and so of connexion with the founder or leader of a sect, οἱ ἀ. Πυθαγόρου Luc.Herm.14
; οἱ ἀ. Πλάτωνος Plu.Brut.2
; οἱ ἀ. τοῦ περιπάτου, ἀ. τῆς Στοᾶς, etc., Luc.Cont. 6; generally οἱ ἀ. φιλοσοφίας καὶ λόγων philosophers and learned men, ibid.; οἱ ἀ. σκηνῆς καὶ θεάτρου stage players, Plu.Sull.2; οἱ ἀ. τῆς βουλῆς Id.Caes.10
, etc.; ὁ ἀφ' ἑστίας παῖς, v. ἑστία; ἀπ' ἐξωμίδος with only an ἐξωμίς, S.E.P.1.153.

2 of the material from or of which a thing is made, εἵματα ἀ. ξύλου πεποιημένα Hdt.7.65
; ἀπ' ὄμφακος τεύχειν οἶνον A.Ag. 970
, cf. S.Tr. 704; ὅσσα ἀ. γλυκερῶ μέλιτος Theoc.15.117
; ἔνδυμα ἀ. τριχῶν καμήλου Ev.Matt.3.4
: hence στέφανος ἀ. ταλάντων ἑξήκοντα of or weighing 60 talents, Decr. ap. D. 18.92, cf. Plb.24.1.7, IG2.555.10, al.: hence of value, θύεν αἶγα ἀ. δραχμᾶν εἴκοσι GDI3707
([place name] Cos); κρᾶσις ἀ. τε τῆς ἡδονῆς συγκεκραμένη καὶ ἀ. τῆς λύπης Pl.Phd. 59a
; so, by an extension of this use, εἰδεχθής τις ἀ. τοῦ προσώπου ugly of countenance, Thphr.Char.28.4; θῆλυν ἀ. χροιῆς Theoc.16.49
; σεμνὸς ἀ. τοῦ σχήματος Luc.DMort.10.8
.

3 of the instrument from or by which a thing is done, τοὺς.. πέφνεν ἀπ' ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο by arrow shot from silver bow, Il.24.605; τόξου ἄπο κρατεροῦ ὀλέκοντα φάλαγγας 8.279
; ἐμῆς ἀπὸ χειρός 10.371
, 11.675; so ἀ. χειρὸς ἐργάζεσθαι μεγάλα Luc.Hist.Conscr.29
; γυμνάζεσθαι ἀ. σκελῶν, χειρῶν, τραχήλου, X.Lac.5.9; μάχεσθαι ἀ. ἄκοντος Str.17.3.7
; ἡ ἀ. τοῦ ξίφους μάχη D.S.5.29
; βάπτειν τὸν δάκτυλον ἀ. τοῦ αἵματος LXX Le.4.7
.

4 of the person from whom an act comes, i.e. by whom it is done, οὐδὲν μέγα ἔργον ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο Hdt.1.14
; ζήτησιν ἀ. σφέων γενέσθαι Id.2.54
; ἐπράχθη οὐδὲν ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἔργον ἀξιόλογον Th.1.17
, cf. 6.61; ἀ. τινος ὄνασθαι Pl.R. 528a
, etc.; so τἀπ' ἐμοῦ, τἀπὸ σοῦ, E.Tr.74, S.OC 1628; τὰ ἀ. τῶν Ἀθηναίων Th.1.127
; in later Greek freq. of the direct agent, Plb.1.34.8, Str.5.4.12, D.H.9.12, Ev.Luc.9.22, J.AJ20.8.10, etc.; in codd. this may sts. be due to confusion with ὑπό, but cf. PMag.Par.1.256, BGU 1185.26(Aug.), SIG820.8(Ephesus, i A. D.), etc.

5 of the source from which life, power, etc., are sustained, ζῆν ἀπ' ὕλης ἀγρίης Hdt.1.203
; ἀ. κτήνεων καὶ ἰχθύων ib. 216; ἀ. πολέμου Id.5.6
; ἀπ' ἐλαχίστων χρημάτων X.Mem.1.2.14
; ἀ. τῆς ἀγορᾶς Id.An.6.1.1
; τρέφειν τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀ. τῶν νήσων Id.HG4.8.9
, cf. Th.1.99; ἀ. τῶν κοινῶν πλουτεῖν Ar.Pl. 569
, cf. D.24.124; ἀ. μικρῶν εὔνους.. γεγένησαι Ar.Eq. 788
, cf. D.18.102;
ἀφ' ὥρας ἐργάζεσθαι
quaestum corpore facere, Plu. Tim.14
.

6 of the cause, means, or occasion from, by, or because of which a thing is done, ἀ. τούτου κριοπρόσωπον τὤγαλμα τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῦσι Hdt.2.42
; ἀ. τινος ἐπαινεῖσθαι, θαυμάζεσθαι, ὠφελεῖσθαι, Th.2.25,6.12, X.Cyr.1.1.2; ἀ. τῶν ξυμφορῶν διαβάλλεσθαι Th.5.17
; τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔχειν ἀ. τινος Id.1.46
; ἀ. λῃστείας τὸν βίον ἔχειν X.An. 7.7.9
; ἀπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων κρίνειν D.2.27
; ἀ. τοῦ πάθους in consequence of.., Th.4.30; βλάπτειν τινὰ ἀ. τινος Id.7.29
; κατασκευάσαντα τὸ πλοῖον ἀφ' ὧν ὑπελάμβανε σωθήσεσθαι D.18.194
; τρόπαιον ἀ. τινος εἱστήκει on occasion of his defeat, Id.19.320; τλήμων οὖσ' ἀπ' εὐτόλμου φρενός A.Ag. 1302
, cf. 1643; ἀ. δικαιοσύνης by reason of it (v. l. for ὑπό), Hdt.7.164; ἀ. τῶν αὐτῶν λημμάτων on the same scale of profits, D.3.34, etc.; for ὅσον ἀ. βοῆς ἕνεκα, v. ἕνεκα: hence in half adverbial usages, ἀ. σπουδῆς in earnest, eagerly, Il.7.359; ἀ. τοῦἴσου, ἀ. τῆς ἴσης, or ἀπ' ἴσης, equally, Th.1.99,15, D.14.6, etc.; ἀπ' ὀρθῆς καὶ δικαίας τῆς ψυχῆς Id.18.298
; ἀ. ἀντιπάλου παρασκευῆς Th.1.91
; ἀ. τοῦ προφανοῦς openly, ib.35; ἀ. τοῦ εὐθέος straightforwardly, Id.3.43; ἀ. τοῦ αὐτομάτου of free-will, Pl.Prt. 323c; ἀ. γλώσσης by word of mouth, Hdt.1.123 (but also, from hearsay, A.Ag. 813); ἀ. στόματος Pl.Tht. 142d
; ἀπ' ὄψεως at sight, Lys.16.19; ἀ. χειρὸς λογίζεσθαι on your fingers, Ar.V. 656; πεύθομαι δ' ἀπ' ὀμμάτων νόστον A.Ag. 988
; ὀμμάτων ἄπο in the public gaze, E.Med. 216; ἀ. τοῦ κυάμου ἄρχοντας καθίστασθαι X.Mem.1.2.9
; ἡ βουλὴ ἡ ἀ. τοῦ κυάμου Th.8.66
, cf. IG1.9; τοὺς ἀ. τοῦ κυάμου δισχιλίους ἄνδρας Arist.Ath.24.3
; τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἀ. τῆς οὐσίας Decr. ap. D.18.106; ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ from oneself, on one's own account, Th.8.6, etc.; ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης Id.4.68
; ἀ. συνθήματος, ἀ. παραγγέλματος, by agreement, by word of command, Hdt.5.74, Th.8.99; ἀ. σάλπιγγος by sound of trumpet, X.Eq.Mag.3.12 (s.v.l.); ἐπίτροπος ἀ. τῶν λόγων, = Lat. procurator a rationibus, Ann.Epigr..1913.143a (Ephesus, ii A. D.).

7 of the object spoken of, τὰ ἀ. τῆς νήσου οἰκότα ἐστί the things told from or of the island.., Hdt.4.195, cf. 54, 7.195; νόμος κείμενος ἀ. τῶν τεχνῶν Ar.Ra. 762
.

B in Arc., Cypr., ἀπύ takes dat., ἀπὺ τᾷ [ἁμέρᾳ] IG5(2).6 ([place name] Tegea); ἀπὺ τᾷ ζᾷ Inscr.Cypr.135.8
H. ([place name] Idalion).

2 in later Greek ἀπό is found c. acc., PLond.1.124.30 (iv/v A. D.).

C in Hom. frequent with Verbs in tmesi, as Il.5.214, etc., and sts. in Prose, as Hdt.8.89.

D IN COMPOS.:

1 asunder, as ἀποκόπτω, ἀπολύω, ἀποτέμνω: and hence, away, off, as ἀποβάλλω, ἀποβαίνω; denoting, remoual of an accusation, as ἀπολογέομαι, ἀποψηφίζομαι.

2 finishing off, completing, ἀπεργάζομαι, ἀπανδρόω, ἀπανθρωπίζω, ἀπογλαυκόω.

3 ceasing from, leaving off, as ἀπαλγέω, ἀποκηδεύω, ἀπολοφύρομαι, ἀποζέω, ἀπανθίζω, ἀφυβρίζω.

4 back again, as ἀποδίδωμι, ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπόπλους: also, in full, or what is one's own, as ἀπέχω, ἀπολαμβάνω: freq. it only strengthens the sense of the simple.

5 by way of abuse, as in ἀποκαλέω.

6 almost = ἀ- priv.; sts. with Verbs, as ἀπαυδάω, ἀπαγορεύω; more freq. with Adjectives, as ἀποχρήματος, ἀπότιμος, ἀπόσιτος, ἀπόφονος.

E ἄπο, by anastrophe for ἀπό, when it follows its Noun, as ὀμμάτων ἄπο S.El. 1231
, etc.; never in Prose.

2 ἄπο for ἄπεστι, Semon.1.20, Timocr.9.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀπό
2 πέρι

πέρι: (1)=περίεστι, Κ 2, Od. 12.279. — (2) thus written by ‘anastrophe’ for περί, when the prep. follows its case.

A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > πέρι
3 ὥς

ὥς (1): by anastrophe for ὡ Od. 18.2, when it follows its subst. In such cases the preceding short syllable is usuaily lengthened, ὄρνῖθες ψώς (end of verse).

ὥς (2) (ὧς after οὐδ and καί): thus, so, in this way; often καὶ ὧς, ‘even thus’ ( οὐδ' ὧς, ‘not even thus’), i. e. nevertheless ( not).

A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ὥς
4 περί

περί, Thess., Delph. περ IG9(2).517.17 (iii B.C.), al., Schwyzer 323 A4 (v/iv B.C.), also [dialect] Aeol., v. infr. A. V ; Elean παρ ib.413.4: Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.:—

A round about, all round (prop. different from ἀμφί, on both sides). (Cogn. with Skt. pári 'round about'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, sts. in Poets, round about, around, τετάνυστο π. σπείους ἡμερίς Od.5.68
; τείχη π. Δαρδανίας E. Tr. 818
(lyr., s.v.l.); εἴλυμα π. χροός A.R.2.1129
: rarely, like ἀμφί, on both sides, v. περιβαίνω 1 fin.

2 about near, π. σοῦ πάντα γένοιτο ῥόδα IG14.2508
([place name] Nemausus).

II to denote the object about or for which one does something:

1 with Verbs of fighting or contending, π. τινός for an object—from the notion of the thing's lying in the middle to be fought about, π. τῶνδε for these prizes, Il.23.659 ; π. πτόλιος.. μαχήσεται 18.265
; π. Πατρόκλοιο θανόντος ib. 195, cf. 17.120; π. σεῖο 3.137
; π. νηὸς ἔχον πόνον 15.416
; ἀμύνεσθαι π. πάτρης, π. νηῶν, π. τέκνων, 12.243, 142, 170, etc.; δόλους καὶ μῆτιν ὕφαινον, ὥς τε π. ψυχῆς since it was for my life, Od.9.423 ; π. ψυχῆς θέον Ἕκτορος Il.22.161
; π. ψυχέων ἐμάχοντο Od.22.245
; in Prose, τρέχειν π. ἑωυτοῦ, π. τῆς ψυχῆς, Hdt.7.57,9.37; ἀγῶνας δραμέονται π. σφέων αὐτῶν Id.8.102
; νεναυμάχηκε τὴν π. τῶν κρεῶν Ar. Ra. 191
; <τὸν> π. τοῦ παντὸς δρόμον θέοντες Hdt.8.74
; κινδυνεύειν π. τινός ibid., etc.; οὐ π. τῶν ἴσων ὁ κίνδυνός ἐστι X.HG7.1.7
; and without a Verb, π. γῆς ὅρων διαφοραί Th.1.122
; π. πάντων ἀγαθῶν ὁ ἀγών X.Cyr. 3.3.44
, cf. S.Aj. 936(lyr.), etc.; μάχη π. τινός Pl.Tht. 179d
; ἐπειγόμενοι π. νίκης Il.23.437
, cf. 639, Hdt.8.26 ; πεῖραν θανάτου π. καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλεσθαι Pi.N.9.29
; π. θανάτου φεύγειν Antipho 5.95
; but ἐρίσσαι π. μύθων contend about speaking, i. e. who can speak best, Il.15.284 ; καὶ ἀθανάτοισιν ἐρίζεσκον π. τόξων Od.8.225
, cf. 24.515.

2 with words which denote care or anxiety, about, on account of, π. Τρώων.. μερμηρίζειν Il.20.17
; ἄχος π. τινός Od.21.249
; φόνου π. βουλεύειν 16.234
; φροντίζειν π. τινός Hdt.8.36
, etc.; κήδεσθαι π. τ. S.Ph. 621
; δεδιέναι π. τ. Pl.Prt. 320a
, etc.; ἀπολογεῖσθαι π. τ. X.Cyr.2.2.13
; κρίνειν, διαγιγνώσκειν π. τ., Pi.N.5.40, Antipho 5.96; π. τ. ψηφίζεσθαι, διαψηφίζεσθαι, ψῆφον φέρειν, IG12.57.42, X.HG2.3.50, Lycurg.11 ; βουλεύεσθαι π. τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας Isoc.5.69
; π. Μεθωναίων IG12.57.49
; διανοεῖσθαι, σκοπεῖν π. τινός, Pl.Phdr. 270d, Phd. 65e; μαντεύεσθαι π. τ. Hdt.8.36
, cf. S.Tr.77 ; π. πότου γοῦν ἐστί σοι; so with you it is a question of drink? Ar.Eq.87, cf. Plu.2.43b.

3 with Verbs of hearing, knowing, speaking, etc., about, concerning, π. νόστου ἄκουσα Od.19.270
; οἶδα γὰρ εὖ π. κείνου 17.563
; π. πομπῆς μνησόμεθα 7.191
; π. πατρὸς ἐρέσθαι 1.135
, 3.77 ; π. τινὸς ἐρέειν, λέγειν, λόγον ποιήσασθαι, etc., Hdt. 1.5, S.OT 707, X.Cyr.1.6.13, etc.; λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν π. ἑκάστου Th.4.22
, etc.; λόγος π. τινός Pl.Prt. 347b
, etc.; ἡ π. τινὸς φήμη Aeschin.1.48
; π. τινὸς ἀγγεῖλαι, κηρῦξαι, S.El. 1111, Ant. 193 ; π. τινὸς διελθεῖν, διεξελθεῖν, διηγεῖσθαι, Isoc.9.2, Pl.Plt. 274b, Euthphr.6c, etc.; παίζειν π. τινός X.Mem.1.3.8
; ἐμπειροτέρως ἔχειν π. τινός Aeschin.1.82
; νόμον γράψαι π. τινός X.HG2.3.52
, etc.; νόμῳ χρῆσθαι π. τινός S.Ant. 214
.

4 of impulse or motive rather than object, ἐμαρνάσθην ἔριδος πέρι fought for very enmity, Il.7.301, cf. 16.476, 20.253.

5 about, in regard to, μεμηνυμένος π. τινός Th.6.53
; οὕτως ἔσχε π. τοῦ πρήγματος τούτου Hdt.1.117
; τὰ π. τῶν Πλαταιῶν γεγενημένα Th.2.6
; τὸ π. τούτου γεγονός Plb.1.54.5
: in Prose freq. without a Verb, ἡ π. τῶν Μαντινικῶν πρᾶξις Th.6.88
; τὰ π. τινός the circumstances of.., ib.32, 8.14,26, etc. (cf. infr. C. 1.5); οὕτω δὴ καὶ π. τῶν ἀρετῶν (sc. ἔχει) Pl.Men. 72c, cf. R. 534b, 551c, etc.; π. τοῦ καταλειφθῆναι τὸν σῖτον as for reserving the corn, PMich.Zen.28.5 (iii B.C.): without the Art., ἀριθμοῦ πέρι as to number, Hdt.7.102; χρηστηρίων δὲ πέρι .. Id.2.54.

III before, above, beyond, of superiority, chiefly in [dialect] Ep., π. πάντων ἔμμεναι ἄλλων Il.1.287
; π. δ' ἄλλων φασὶ γενέσθαι 4.375
; τετιμῆσθαι π. πάντων 9.38
; ὃν π. πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης 5.325
; ὃν.. π. πάντων φίλατο παίδων 20.304
; π. πάντων ἴδριες ἀνδρῶν Od.7.108
; κρατερὸς π. πάντων Il.21.566
, cf. 1.417, Od.11.216: in this sense freq. divided from its gen., π. φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων in understanding to be beyond them, Il.17.171, cf. 1.258, Od.1.66 ; π. μὲν εἶδος, π. δ' ἔργα τέτυκτο τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν Il.17.279
; π. μὲν κρατέεις, π. δ' αἴσυλα ῥέζεις ἀνδρῶν 21.214
; π. δ' ἔγχει Ἀχαιῶν φέρτατός ἐσσι 7.289
, cf. Pi.O.6.50, Theoc. 25.119.—In this sense π. is sts. adverbial, and the gen. is absent, v. infr. E. II.

IV in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose, to denote value, ἡμῖν π. πολλοῦ ἐστι it is of much consequence, worth much, to us, Hdt.1. 120, cf. Antipho 6.3 ; π. πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τινας to reckon them for, i.e. worth, much, Hdt.1.73, X.Mem.2.3.10, etc.; π. πλείονος, π. πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι, Id.An.7.7.44, Cyr.7.5.60 ; π. πλείστου ἡγεῖσθαι Th.2.89
; π. παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.1.4.1
; π. ἐλάττονος ἡγούμενοι, π. οὐδενὸς ἡγήσασθαι, Lys.2.71,31.31.

V [dialect] Aeol. περί and περ = ὑπέρ, στροῦθοι περὶ γᾶς.. δίννεντες πτέρα Sapph.1.10; περ κεφάλας prob. in Alc.93, cf. 18 ; περρ ἁπαλῶ στύματός σε πεδέρχομαι Theoc.29.25
; also Hellenistic, ὃ διέγραψε Προῖτος περί μου paid on my behalf, PCair. Zen.790.23 (iii B. C.), cf. UPZ57.12 (ii B. C.).

B WITH DATIVE (in [dialect] Att. Prose mostly in signf. 11, esp. in Th.),

I of Place, round about, around, of close-fitting dresses, armour, etc., ἔνδυνε π. στήθεσσι χιτῶνα Il.10.21
; χιτῶνα π. χροῒ δῦνεν Od.15.60
; δύσετο τεύχεα καλὰ π. χροΐ Il.13.241
; ἕσσαντο π. χροῒ χαλκόν Od.24.467
; κνημῖδας.. π. κνήμῃσιν ἔθηκε Il.11.17
; βεβλήκει τελαμῶνα π. στήθεσσι 12.401
: in Prose, π. τῇσι κεφαλῇσι εἶχον τιάρας Hdt.7.61
; θώρακα π. τοῖς στέρνοις ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.13
; οἱ στρεπτοὶ οἱ π. τῇ δέρῃ καὶ τὰ ψέλια π. ταῖς χερσί ib.1.3.2. ; π. τῇ χειρὶ δακτύλιον ὄντα Pl.R. 359e
, etc.; χαλκὸς ἔλαμπε π. στήθεσσι Il.13.245
; χιτῶνα π. στήθεσσι δαΐξαι 2.416
; πήληξ.. κονάβησε π. κροτάφοισι 15.648
; in other relations, π. δ' ἔγχεϊ χεῖρα καμεῖται will grow weary by grasping the spear, 2.389 ; δράκων ἑλισσόμενος π. χειῇ 22.95
; κνίση ἑλισσομένη π. καπνῷ 1.317
; π. σταχύεσσιν ἐέρση 23.598
; μάρναντο π. Σκαιῇσι πύλῃσιν 18.453
: rarely in Trag., π. βρέτει πλεχθείς A.Eu. 259
(lyr.); κεῖται νεκρὸς π. νεκρῷ S.Ant. 1240
.

2 in Poets, also, around a weapon, i. e. spitted upon it, transfixed by it, π. δουρὶ πεπαρμένη Il.21.577
; ἐρεικόμενος π. δουρί 13.441
; κυλινδόμενος π. χαλκῷ 8.86
; π. δουρὶ ἤσπαιρε 13.570
; πεπτῶτα π. ξίφει S.Aj. 828
; αἷμα ἐρωήσει π. δουρί Il.1.303
.

3 of a warrior standing over a dead comrade so as to defend him, ἀμφὶ δ' ἄρ' αὐτῷ βαῖν', ὥς τις π. πόρτακι μήτηρ 17.4
; ἑστήκει, ὥς τίς τε λέων π. οἷσι τέκεσσι ib. 133 ; Αἴας π. Πατρόκλῳ.. βεβήκει ib. 137, cf. 355 ; π. σκύμνοισι βεβηκώς Ar.Eq. 1039
.

II of an object for or about which one struggles (cf. supr. A. 11.1), π. οἷσι μαχειόμενος κτεάτεσσι Od.17.471
; μαχήσασθαι π. δαιτί 2.245
; π. παιδὶ μάχης πόνος Il.16.568
; ἄνδρα π. ᾗ πατρίδι μαρνάμενον Tyrt.10.2
; π. τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύειν Pl.Prt. 314a
; π. τῇ Σικελίᾳ ἔσται ὁ ἀγών Th.6.34
codd.; κινδυνεύειν π. αὑτῷ Antipho 5.6
.

2 with Verbs denoting care, anxiety, or the opposite (cf. supr. A. 11.2), π. γὰρ δίε ποιμένι λαῶν, μή τι πάθοι Il.5.566
; ἔδεισεν δὲ π. ξανθῷ Μενελάῳ 10.240
, cf. 11.557; δεδιότες π. τῷ χωρίῳ Th.1.60
, cf. 74, 119, Ar.Eq.27; θαρρεῖν π. τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ Pl.Phd. 114d
, cf. Tht. 148c; π. πλέγματι γαθεῖ Theoc.1.54
.

3 generally, of the cause or occasion, on account of, by reason of, ἀτύζεσθαι π. καπνῷ, v.l. for ὑπὸ καπνοῦ in Il.8.183; μὴ π. Μαρδονίῳ πταίσῃ ἡ Ἑλλάς Hdt.9.101
; π. σφίσιν αὐτοῖς πταῖσαι Th.6.33
; π. αὑτῷ σφαλῆναι Id.1.69
: in Poets, π. δείματι for fear, Pi.P.5.58 ; π. τιμᾷ in honour or praise, ib.2.59; π. τάρβει, π. φόβῳ, A.Pers. 696 (lyr.), Ch.35(lyr.); π. χάρματι h.Cer. 429
:—but π. θυμῷ is f.l. in Hdt.3.50.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE,

I of Place, prop. of the object round about which motion takes place, π. βόθρον ἐφοίτων came flocking round the pit, Od.11.42 ; π. νεκρὸν ἤλασαν ἵππους Il.23.13
; π. τέρματα ἵπποι τρωχῶσι 22.162
; ἄστυ πέρι.. διώκειν ib. 173, 230 ; ἐρύσας π. σῆμα 24.16
, cf. 51, etc.; π. φρένας ἤλυθ' ἰωή 10.139
; π. φρένας ἤλυθε οἶνος Od.9.362
: also of extension round, ἑστάμεναι π. τοῖχον, π. βωμόν, Il.18.374, Od.13.187, etc.; λέξασθαι π. ἄστυ Il.8.519
; μάρνασθαι π. ἄ. 6.256
, etc.; φυλάσσοντας π. μῆλα 12.303
; οἳ π. Πηνειὸν.. ναίεσκον, π. Δωδώνην.. οἰκί' ἔθεντο, 2.757, 750; σειρήν κεν π. ῥίον Οὐλύμποιο δησαίμην 8.25
, cf. Od.18.67: in Prose, ἰκριῶσαι π. τὼ ἀγάλματε IG12.371.22
; φυλακὰς δεῖ π. τὸ στρατόπεδον εἶναι X.An. 5.1.9
; π. τὴν κρήνην εὕδειν somewhere near it, Pl.Phdr. 259a, cf. X.Cyr. 1.2.9; εἶναι π. τὸν λαγώ Id.Cyn.4.4
; π. λίθον πεσών upon it, Ar.Ach. 1180; π. αὑτὰ καταρρεῖν collapse upon themselves, D.2.10; ταραχθεῖσαι [αἱ νῆες] π. ἀλλήλας Th.7.23
; πλεῦνες π. ἕνα many to one, Hdt.7.103 ; π. τὸν ἄρξαντα.. τὸ ἀδίκημά ἐστι is imputable to him who.., Antipho 4.4.2 : freq. with a Subst. only, ἡ π. Λέσβον ναυμαχία the sea-fight off Lesbos, X.HG2.3.32 ; οἱ π. τὴν Ἔφεσον Pl.Tht. 179e
; στρατηγοὶ π. Πελοπόννησον IG12.324.18
: strengthd., π. τ' ἀμφί τε τάφρον Il.17.760
; π. τ' ἀμφί τε κύματα Hes.Th. 848
; cf. ἀμφί c. 1.2.

2 of persons who are about one, ἔχειν τινὰ π. αὑτόν X.HG5.3.22
; esp. οἱ π. τινά a person's attendants, connexions, associates, or colleagues, οἱ π. τὸν Πείσανδρον πρέσβεις Th.8.63
; οἱ π. Ἡράκλειτον his school, Pl.Cra. 440c, cf. X.An.1.5.8, etc.; οἱ π. Ἀρχίαν πολέμαρχοι Archias and his colleagues, Id.HG5.4.2, cf. An.2.4.2, etc.; οἱ π. τινά so-and-so and his family, PGrenf.1.21.16 (ii B.C.), etc.; later οἱ π. τινά, periphr. for the person himself, οἱ π. Φαβρίκιον Fabricius, Plu.Pyrrh.20, cf. Tim.13, IGRom.3.883.14 (Tarsus, ii/iii A.D.); cf. ἀμφί C. 1.3.

3 of the object about which one is occupied or concerned, π. δόρπα πονεῖσθαι, π. δεῖπνον πένεσθαι, Il.24.444, Od.4.624 (but π. τεύχε' ἕπουσι, tmesis for περιέπουσι, Il.15.555); later mostly εἶναι π. τι, Th.7.31, X.HG2.2.4; γενέσθαι Isoc.3.12
; π. γυναῖκας γενέσθαι Vett. Val.17.20; ὄντων ἡμῶν π. ταύτην τὴν πραγματείαν D.48.6
; διατρῖψαι π. τὴν θήραν X.Cyr.1.2.11
, etc.: less freq. ἔχειν π. τινάς Id.HG7.4.28
, Gal.15.442; in periphr. phrases, οἱ π. τὴν ποίησιν καὶ τοὺς λόγους ὄντες poets and orators, Isoc.12.35 ; οἱ π. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ὄντες Id.9.8
; οἱ π. τὴν μουσικήν ib.4 ; οἱ π. τὰς τελετάς ministers of the mysteries, Pl.Phd. 69c ; ὁ π. τὸν ἵππον the groom, X. Eq.6.3; cf. ἀμφί C. 1.6.

4 round or about a place, and so in, π. νῆσον ἀλώμενοι Od.4.368
, cf. 90; ἐμέμηκον π. σηκούς 9.439
; ἃν π. ψυχὰν γάθησεν in his heart, Pi.P.4.122 ; χρονίζειν π. Αἴγυπτον Hdt.3.61
, cf. 7.131; εὕροι ἄν τις [βασιλείας] π. τοὺς βαρβάρους Pl.R. 544d
, etc.; οἱ π. Φωκίδα τόποι Plb.5.24.12
, etc.

5 about, in the case of, τὰ π. τὴν Αἴγυπτον γεγονότα, τὰ π. Μίλητον γενόμενα, Hdt.3.13, 6.26 ; εὐσεβεῖν π. θεούς Pl.Smp. 193a
; ἀσεβεῖν π. ξένους X.Cyr.5.2.10
; ἁμαρτάνειν π. τινάς Id.An.3.2.20
; ἀνήρ ἐστιν ἀγαθὸς π. τὸν δῆμον τὸν Ἀθηναίων IG12.59.10
; ἄνδρ' ἀγαθὸν ὄντα Μαραθῶνι π. τὴν πόλιν Ar.Ach. 696
; τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχειν π. τὸν πατέρα Lys.10.21
; οὐδεμία συμφορὴ.. ἔσται.. π. οἶκον τὸν σόν Hdt.8.102
; ποιέειν or πράττειν τι π. τινά, Id.1.158, Pl.Grg. 507a; τὰ π. Πρηξάσπεα πρηχθέντα Hdt.3.76
; καινοτομεῖν π. τὰ θεῖα Pl. Euthphr.3b
; π. θεοὺς μὴ σωφρονεῖν X.Mem.1.1.20
; σπουδάζειν π. τινά promote his cause, Isoc.1.10: without a Verb, αἱ π. τοὺς παῖδας συμφοραί X.Cyr.7.2.20
; ἡ π. αὑτὸν ἐπιμέλεια Isoc.9.2
; ἡ π. ἡμᾶς ἡνιόχησις Pl.Phdr. 246b
: generally, of all relations, about, concerning, in respect of, π. μὲν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὕτως ἔχει Hdt.2.93
, cf. 8.86; πονηρὸν π. τὸ σῶμα Pl.Prt. 313d
; ἀκόλαστος π. ταῦτα Aeschin.1.42
; γελοῖος π. τὰς διατριβάς ib.126 ; ξυνηνέχθη θόρυβος π. τὸν Ἀστύοχον Th.8.84
; as to (cf. A. 11.5), π. τὸ παρὸν πάθος Pl.Tht. 179c
, cf. Phd. 65a : freq. in place of an Adj., ὄργανα ὅσα π. γεωργίαν, i.e. γεωργικά, Id.R. 370d ; οἱ νόμοι οἱ π. τοὺς γάμους Id.Cri. 50d
; αἱ π. τὰ μαθήματα ἡδοναί Id.Phlb. 51e
; also in place of a gen., οἱ π. Αυσίαν λόγοι the speeches of L., Id.Phdr. 279a; ἡ π. Φίλιππον τυραννίς the despotism of P., X.HG5.4.2 ; ἀκρασίας τῆς π. τὸν θυμόν Arist.EN 1149b19
: in Prose, to denote circumstances connected with any person or thing, τὰ π. Κῦρον, τὰ π. Ἑλένην, τὰ π. Βάττον, Hdt.1.95, 2.113, 4.154 ; τὰ π. τὸν Ἄθων the works at Mount Athos, Id.7.37; τὰ π. τὰς ναῦς naval affairs, Th.1.13; τὰ π. τὴν ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for τῆς ναυμαχίας ) the events of.., Id.8.63; τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον Pl.R. 468a
; τὰ π. τὸ σῶμα Id.Phdr. 246d
; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς X.Cyr.8.1.23
, etc.; cf. ἀμφί c.1.4.

II of Time, π. λύχνων ἁφάς about the time of lamp-lighting, Hdt.7.215; π. μέσας νύκτας about midnight, X.An.1.7.1; π. πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν ib.2.1.7; π. ἡλίου δυσμάς ib.6.5.32 ; π. τούτους τοὺς χρόνους Th.3.89
, etc.

2 of round numbers, π. ἑβδομήκοντα about seventy, Id.1.54; π. ἑπτακοσίους X.HG2.4.5
, etc.

D Position: π. may follow its Subst., when it suffers anastrophe, ἄστυ πέρι Il.22.173
; ἔριδος πέρι 16.476
: most freq. with gen., τοῦδε πράγματος πέρι A.Eu. 630
; τῶνδε βουλεύειν πέρι Id.Th. 248
, etc. (S. only once uses it before its gen., Aj. 150 (anap.)): in Prose, σφέων αὐτῶν πέρι Hdt.8.36
; σοφίας πέρι Pl.Phlb. 49a
; δικαίων τε πέρι καὶ ἀδίκων Id.Grg. 455a
, etc.; γραμμάτων εἴπομεν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶς ἔχεις πέρι Id.Lg. 809e
, cf. Ap. 19c.

E περί abs., as ADV., around, about, also, near, by, freq. in Hom., γέλασσε δὲ πᾶσα π. χθών Il.19.362
, al.: strengthd.,
περί τ' ἀμφί τε κάλλος ἄητο
round about, h.Cer.276
, cf. Call.Hec.1.1.13.

II before or above others (cf. A. 111), exceedingly, only [dialect] Ep., in which case it commonly suffers anastrophe, Τυδεΐδη, πέρι μέν σε τίον Δαναοί Il.8.161
, cf. 9.53; σε χρὴ πέρι μὲν φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι ib. 100; τοι πέρι δῶκε θεὸς πολεμήϊα ἔργα 13.727
; ἅ οἱ πέρι δῶκεν Ἀθήνη Od.2.116
, cf. 7.110; πέρι γάρ μιν ὀϊζυρὸν τέκε μήτηρ 3.95
; πέρι κέρδεα οἶδεν 2.88
; τὸν πέρι Μοῦσ' ἐφίλησεν 8.63
.

2 π. does not suffer anastrophe in the [dialect] Ep. phrase π. κῆρι right heartily, π. κῆρι φίλησε Il.13.430
, etc. ( κῆρι φιλεῖν alone, 9.117); ἀπέχθωνται π. κῆρι 4.53
; π. κῆρι τιέσκετο ib.46, cf. Od.5.36, 7.69; π. κῆρι.. ἐχολώθη Il.13.206
; also π. φρεσὶν ἄσπετος ἀλκή 16.157
; π. φρεσὶν αἴσιμα ᾔδη Od.14.433
; ἀλύσσοντες π. θυμῷ Il.22.70
, cf. Od.14.146; π. σθένεϊ Il.17.22
.

3 for περὶ πρό, v. περιπρό.

4 περὶ κάτω bottom upwards, δῖνος π. κάτω τετραμμένος Stratt.34
, cf. Phot.; τὴν κόγχην στρέψας π. τὰ κάτω Ael.NA9.34
.

F IN COMPOS. all its chief senses recur, esp.

I extension in all directions as from a centre, all round, as in περιβάλλω, περιβλέπω, περιέχω.

II completion of an orbit and return to the same point, about, as in περιάγω, περιβαίνω, περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo), περιέρχομαι, περιστρέφω.

III a going over or beyond, above, before, as in περιβαίνω III, περιβάλλω v, περιγίγνομαι, περιεργάζομαι, περιτοξεύω.

IV generally, a strengthening of the simple notion, beyond measure, very, exceedingly, as in περικαλλής, περίκηλος, περιδείδω, like Lat. per-.

V the notion of double-ness which belongs to ἀμφί is found in only one poetic compd., περιδέξιος (q.v.).

G PROSODY: περί never suffers elision in Il. or Od. ( περ' ἰγνύσι h.Merc. 152
); once in Hes., περίαχε Th. 678
(cf. Q.S.3.601, 11.382), v. ἰάχω fin.; περ' ἰγνύῃσι Theoc.25.242
; περ' Ἠδάλιον Inscr.Cypr. 135.27
H.; also in Pi., περάπτων P.3.52
; περόδοις N.11.40
; περιδαῖος Fr. 154
; περ' αὐτᾶς P.4.265
; ταύτας περ' ἀτλάτου πάθας O.6.38
: not in Trag. (περεβάλοντο, περεσκήνωσεν are ff. ll. in A.Ag. 1147, Eu. 634); in Com. and codd. of Prose writers only in part. of περίειμι ( εἶμι ibo) (q. v.):—π. stands before a word beginning with a vowel in Com., περὶ Ἀθηνῶν, περὶ ἐμοῦ, Ar.Eq. 1005 sq.:—[dialect] Aeol. περρ metri gr., v. A. 5.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περί
5 ὑπό

ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά

A Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
, ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149, ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ) λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds., ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56; ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
; ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b; ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,
23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag., ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
; περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt., τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
; αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.

2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375; ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
; τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion, ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
; βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
; ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
; κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
; ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
; νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
; τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
; δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.

b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.

II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense, μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428
; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242; τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308
, cf. Th.7, al.; πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
; ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042
(anap.); ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
; ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
; ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
; ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32; ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
; ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a; ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
; ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
; ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
; Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.

2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149, χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.; πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99; οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.

3 freq. of things as well as persons, ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
; κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.); χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
; ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.); κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc., ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587; μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
; χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
; ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33; οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
; ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
; ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083
; ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1; ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).

4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances, νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277; ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.

5 of accompanying music, to give the time, κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278; ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9; πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.); καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.); ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970
; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.

6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).

7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.

8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.

B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under, ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186; Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.; ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860; πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
; ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
; ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.); ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
; χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
; ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244; εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.); ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8; τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7; οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16; ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
; ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
; τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12; ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.

2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693; ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782; ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37; δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.

3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.; ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
; ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.; ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
; ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164
(lyr.); ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
; ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.

4 behind, ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of, ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
; ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.

II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs, ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
; ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
; βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
; ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
; ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742; ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete); ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.

2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power, δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156; ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26; τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
; ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense, ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64; ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
; κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
; ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
; τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.

3 of the subordination of things coming under a class, αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
; τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
; ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.

4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19; ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances, ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.; λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
; αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
; ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
; ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.; ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat., στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.); λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279; ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333; νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12; πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
; ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
; ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146; ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
; παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
; ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
; ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.; ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus); πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.

2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion, Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.; ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9; τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.); ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267; ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
; τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
; τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17; οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.); τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
; ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
; Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
; ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
; τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.); οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.); ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.); κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.; ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
; μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.); καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34; εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v. πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9; ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
; ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
; εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf. αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position. κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.

b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5; εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6
,al.

3 of the logical subordination of things under a class, τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.

II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt., ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
; ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.; ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
; ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
; τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74; ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v. ἥλιος 11.1
); ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.); τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.); στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes); μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.; τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).

III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English, ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
; ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2; τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202; ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142; ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).

2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165; ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38; ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
; ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
; ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7; ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10; ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς) ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.); ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109; ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.

IV of accompaniment, ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
; ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v. κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.

2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6
, al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.

D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.

E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.

2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.

II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe, φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.

F IN COMPOSITION:

I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.

2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.

3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.

II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi, ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d
, cf. Grg. 493c; ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290
(lyr.)).

III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό
6 ἐπί

ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)

A ἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

A WITH GEN.:

I of Place,

1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
; ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
; ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
; κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα) ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356; οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
; ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
; ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
; ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
; οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
; πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.; ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190; γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.); νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
; ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.); οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
; τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b; τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
; ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118; οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns, ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153; κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.

2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21; ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).

b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.

c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom., εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32; οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
; ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
; ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
; ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.; αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τὸν ἐξετασμὸν ποιεῖσθαι D.18.16
; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; also αὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; πράττειν Pl.Prt. 326d
, cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.

d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; οὐκ ἐπ' ὀλίγων ἀσπίδων στρατιὰν παρατεταγμένην Th.7.79
; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line, ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X., ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.

e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of, ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
; ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official, ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14; γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
; τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
; πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).

f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of, ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
; ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
; αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.; τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
; τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.); ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
; τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
; οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
; ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject, λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.; ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; ἵνα τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν κοινοὺς ποιήσωμαι D.60.12
.

3 implying Motion:

a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80; ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
; τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.

b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf. εἰς A.1.2
, ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45; ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39; ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place, προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
; τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places, ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
; πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1; ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.

c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7; ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;
ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to.., Pl.Prt. 358b
; cf. infr. B. 111.2.

II of Time, in the time of, ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332; ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.; ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
; ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.; ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.; ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36; αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403; ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.); ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.

b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.

III in various causal senses:

1 over, of persons in authority, ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5; ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
; ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.

2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45; ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
: ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; also ἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.

3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183; ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
; ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
; ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17; τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
; ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
; ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
; ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.); ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).

4 in respect of, ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning, τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).

B WITH DAT.:

I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):

1 with Verbs of Rest, ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
; ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
; στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240; ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
; ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, νηυσὶν ἐπ' ὠκυπόροισιν ἔβαινον 2.351
(v.l. for ἐν) ; ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in, ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
; τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
; ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near, ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
; ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside, ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.; ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
; ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.

b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; τοιόνδ' ἐπ' ἀνδρὶ κομπάζεις λόγον A.Ag. 1400
; also, over or in honour of, ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; κειράμενοι χαίτας ἐπ' Ἀδώνιδι Bion 1.81
, cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.

c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon, οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to, ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
; ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
; δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.; ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87; νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.

d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120; ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
; ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).

e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ' ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308; ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277; ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals, τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.; γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with, ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρ ποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνον ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
; παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.

f. of position, after, behind, of soldiers, X.Cyr.8.3.16-18.

g. in dependence upon, in the power of, τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.; ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
; ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.; τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.

h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56; ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
; ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).

i. of condition or circumstances in which one is, ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.; ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; ἐπ' ἀσφάκτοις μήλοισι E. Ion 228
(lyr.); ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
; ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
; ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2; ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
; ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).

k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.

2. with Verbs of Motion:

a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support, ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
; θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
; καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ. ψαμάθοις 23.853
; ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμας βαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.

b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
; καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ' ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273; νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.

c. rarely for εἰς c.acc., νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.

d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοι Ἀκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
; ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
; ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
; κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
; ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινι τετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13; ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).

II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529; ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105; ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1; ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
; ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.

2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδι ἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.; ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.; τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.

3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., ἐπὶ Χαιριάδαι Schwyzer665
A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection, ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122; ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνειν ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
; ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574; δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
; ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ. δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.

2. of an end or purpose, υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44; ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
; ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
; ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.); ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10; ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66; ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
; ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.; τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).

3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.; ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20; ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry, τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαί τινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
; τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of.., ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.

4. of the price for which.., ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .
ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200; ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
; ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;
ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for
225
per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed, δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνου κεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
; ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
; δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.

5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται.. ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
; ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; so ὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖν ἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ. ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).

6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221; ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
; οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
; σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳ στρατεύματι Th.6.29
; ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33; οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
; ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.

7. in possession of, possessing, ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2; ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
; ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.); ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.

C. WITH Acc.:

I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion, ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶν ὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
; προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππων ἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43; ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218; Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
; θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.

b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).

2. to, ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ. τεῖχος 12.443
; ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
; ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
; ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers., βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest, ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
; παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.

b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127; ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
; ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.

c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]), παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
; ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλων ἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements, πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron., τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσον ἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97; ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ. πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
; ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατον ἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259; ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs., ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.

d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e), ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79); ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.

e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.

3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. κέρας v11
): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.; ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.

4. in hostile sense, against, ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
; ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.; ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσ Ἀθηναίους Th.2.90
; πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.

5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶτα θαλάσσης 2.159
; ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ὁρόων ἐπ' ἀπείρονα πόντον 1.350
; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771; ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
; ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4; ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on, δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765; ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11; ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
; ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among, κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535; δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.

II. of Time, for or during a certain time, ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193: πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
; παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
; ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
; ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ' ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d; γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20; ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.

2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιος καὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
; οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.

III. in various causal senses:

1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421; ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
; ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers., ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555; κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
; κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83; ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394; ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
; κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.; καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο Pl.Grg. 447b
, etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256; ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσαν ἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434; ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμος ἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun, ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.

2. so far as regards, τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
; ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12; τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.; ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπαν ξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
; κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ. μέγα Call.Dian.55
.

3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺς καθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24; ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.; ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέται οἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.

4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.

D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb, ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.

II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ. γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).

E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπας ἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.; πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).

II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴ ἐπέων 11.367
; ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).

F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ἐπέχω v11
). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).

G. IN COMPOSITION:

I. of Place, denoting,

1. Support or Rest upon, ἔπειμι (A), ἐπίκειμαι, ἐπικαθίζω, ἐπαυχένιος, ἐπιβώμιος, etc.

2. Motion,

a. upon or over, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιτρέχω.

b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.

c. against, ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.

d. up to a point, ἐπιτελέω.

e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.

f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.

g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.

3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω, ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.

4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.

5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.

6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.

II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι, ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.

III. in causal senses:

1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.

2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.

3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.

4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπί
7 παρά

πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.

A beside: hence,

A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:

I of Place, πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
; παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.; παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
; πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.; δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
; φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173; σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.

II commonly of Persons,

1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc., ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
; παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.; ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
. ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
; ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.; ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.; ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
; σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.

2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5; παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.

3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like , τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158; πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
; ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
; εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4; ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
; κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb, ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc., μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.

4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs, πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
; π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26; με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.

III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near, πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.); τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.

IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).

B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?

I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319; νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
; ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346; π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
; δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.; κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.

II of persons, beside, πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
; κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.; παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
; δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.

2 at one's house or place, with one, μένειν π. τισί 9.427
; θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
; φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86; παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
; καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(but παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382
; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands, τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
; ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.

3 before, in the presence of, ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge, δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
; π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
; π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
; παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
; εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.

4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.

III Arc., = π. c. gen., from, καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).

C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,

I beside, near, by,

II along,

III past, beyond.

I beside, near, by:

1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to, ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.; βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.; ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.; φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.; ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
; καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.

2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51
, cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.; π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
; καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460; ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46; παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c; ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c; στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
; τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45; τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
; κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
; τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί) ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3; ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.); Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
; τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42
(1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.

b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.); τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.

3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc., βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.; τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
; τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293
, cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.

4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with.., ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265
; ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.

b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1; π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,

c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v. παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2); μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).

5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.

6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.

b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624; σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.

7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority, δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103; ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6; τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
; π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
; φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.; εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae); προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves) πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.

8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.); παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51; παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569
; οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.

b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).

9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.); πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2); ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.

10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26; ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63; π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2; π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.

b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32; ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101; π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
; ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.

c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).

d throughout a period of time, π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
; π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
; π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.
δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
; π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.

II along, ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
; βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
; π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
; ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
; π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835; παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.

2 strictly according to, without deviating from, εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.

III past, beyond, παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12; βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.

2 metaph., over and above, in addition to, οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
; π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16; ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.

3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29; π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.

4 metaph., in transgression or violation of, π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
; π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.; π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14; π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69; π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.

5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71
; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205; π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.

b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him), ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33
; παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4; δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5; ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.

6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies, τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5; μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.

7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63
, cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224; παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.; παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5; π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.); π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).

8 of a limit of possibility, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.

D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies, τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.

E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).

F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.

G IN COMPOS.,

I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).

II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.

III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.

IV metaph.,

1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.

2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.

3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.

4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά
8 ὑπέρ

ὑπέρ [ῠ], [dialect] Ep. also [full] ὑπείρ, used by Hom. (metri gr.) only in the phrase ὑπεὶρ ἅλα (v. ὑπείρ); Arc. [full] ὁπέρ (q. v.): in [dialect] Aeol. replaced by περί (v.

A περί A.
V): Prep. governing gen. and acc., in Arc. also dat. (Cf. Skt. upaári 'above', Goth. ufar, OE. ofer 'over':—from it are formed the [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. ὑπέρτερος, -τατος, also Adv. ὕπερθεν, and Nouns ὑπέρα, ὕπερος.)

A WITH GENIT.,

I of Place, over;

1 in a state of rest, over, above, freq. in Hom., βάλε.. στέρνον ὑ. μαζοῖο Il.4.528
; χιτωνίσκους ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑ. γονάτων not reaching to the knees, X.An.5.4.13; ἕστηκε.. ὅσον τ' ὄργυι' ὑ. αἴης Il.23.327
; εἴθ' ὑ. γῆς, εἴτ' ἐπὶ γῆς, εἴθ' ὑπὸ γῆς Thphr.Ign.1
; στῆ δ' ἄρ' ὑ. κεφαλῆς stood over his head as he lay asleep, Il.2.20, Od.4.803, al.; πασάων ὕ. ἥ γε κάρη ἔχει 6.107
; ὑ. πόλιος, ὅθι Ἕρμαιος λόφος ἐστίν, ἦα 16.471
; ὑ. κεφαλῆς οἱ ἐγίνετο διεξελαύνοντι over head, i. e. over the gateway, Hdt.1.187; ὑ. τῆς ὀροφῆς IG12.373.246
; ὑ. τοῦ ἀγάλματος ib.264; ὄρος τὸ ὑ. Τεγέης Hdt.6.105
; τὰ ὑ. κεφαλῆς the higher ground, X.Ages.2.20; Ἰονίας ὑ. ἁλὸς οἰκέων on the Ionian sea, i.e. on its shores, Pi.N.7.65; λιμὴν καὶ πόλις ὑ. αὐτοῦ κεῖται Th.1.46
, cf. 6.4, D.C.40.14: of relative geographical position, above, farther inland, οἰκέοντες ὑ. Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ μεσόγαιαν Hdt.1.175
; ἐξ Αἰθιοπίας τῆς ὑ. Αἰγύπτου Th.2.48
; τοῖς ὑ. Χερρονήσου Θρᾳξίν X.An.2.6.2
; ὑ. Μασσαλίας Plb.2.14.8
, cf. 5.73.3, al.: in Hellenistic Gr. the acc. is commoner in this sense, v. infr. B. I.

b of ships at sea, off a place, Th.1.112, 8.95; ναυμαχίην τὴν ὑ. Μιλήτου γενομένην Hdt.6.25
; ὑ. τούτου (sc. Φαλήρου) ἀνακωχεύσαντες τὰς νέας ib. 116.

2 in a state of motion, over, across, κῦμα νηὸς ὑ. τοίχων καταβήσεται Il.15.382
; τὸν δ' ὑ. οὐδοῦ βάντα προσηύδα Od.17.575
; πηδῶντος.. τάφρων ὕ. S.Aj. 1279
; ὑ. θαλάσσης καὶ χθονὸς ποτωμένοις A.Ag. 576
; ἐκκυβιστᾶν ὑ. [ τῶν ξιφῶν] X.Smp.2.11.

3 over, beyond, ἐν Κρήτῃ εὐρείῃ τηλοῦ ὑ. πόντου Od.13.257
.

II metaph., in defence of, on behalf of, τεῖχος ἐτειχίσσαντο νεῶν ὕ. Il.7.449
; ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ὑ. Δαναῶν 1.444
: generally, for the prosperity or safety of, τὰ ἱερὰ ὑ. τῆς Εὐβοίας θῦσαι IG12.39.65
, cf. 45.5; ἱερὰ θυόμενα ὑ. τῆς πόλεως X.Mem.2.2.13
; ἐπιτελεῖν τὰς θυσίας ὑ. τε ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν τέκνων UPZ14.27
(ii B.C.); in dedications (always with reference to living persons), Σμικύθη μ' ἀνέθηκεν.. εὐξαμένη.. ὑ. παίδων καὶ ἑαυτῆς IG12.524
, cf. 22.4403, 42(1).569 (Epid.); Ἀρτέμιδι Σωτείρᾳ ὑ. βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου Ἐπικράτης Ἀθηναῖος OGI18
(Egypt, iii B. C.), cf. 365 (Amasia, ii B. C.), al.; ὑ. τῆς εἰς αἰῶνα διαμονῆς Ἀντωνείνου Καίσαρος ib.702.3 (Egypt, ii A.D.); ὑ. τῆς τύχης.. Ἀντωνείνου Σεβαστοῦ Εὐσεβοῦς ib.703.2 (Ptolemais, ii A.D.); ὑ. σωτηρίας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.. Ἀντωνείνου ib.706 (Egypt, ii/iii A. D.); εὑδόντων ὕ. φρούρημα A.Eu. 705
; ὑ. τινὸς κινδυνεύειν, μάχεσθαι, βοηθεῖν, Th.2.20, Pl.Lg. 642c, X.An.3.5.6; ἧς ἔθνῃσχ' ὕ. S.Tr. 708
; ὑ. γῆς τῆς Ἀθηναίων ναυμαχέειν Hdt.8.70
; ὑ. τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀμῦναι Pl.Lg. 692d
; ἀμυνῶ ὑ. ἱερῶν καὶ ὁσίων Jusj. ap. Poll.8.105; νῦν ὑ. πάντων ἀγών A.Pers. 405
; ὑ. δόξης τελευτήσαντες D.23.210
, cf. Isoc.6.93; πάνθ' ὑ. ὑμῶν φανήσεται πράξας Χαβρίας, καὶ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτὴν τοῦ βίου πεποιημένος οὐχ ὑ. ἄλλου τινός in your interests, D.20.80, cf. 83; ὑ. τῆς Ἀσίας στρατηγήσας Isoc.4.154
; of things sought, ὑ. τοῦ νεκροῦ ὠθισμὸς ἐγένετο πολύς Hdt.7.225
; ἀφίκετο ὑ. γενεᾶς, ὑ. φωνᾶς, ὑ. τοῦ θησαυροῦ, IG42 (1).121.10,42, 123.11 (Epid., iv B.C.); γίνωσκέ με πεπορεῦσθαι εἰς Ἡρακλέους πόλιν ὑ. τῆς οἰκίας UPZ68.3
(ii B. C.); sts. even of the thing to be averted, ἱκέσιον λόχον δουλοσύνας ὕ. about slavery, A.Th. 111 (lyr.), cf. Aeschin.3.10.

2 for, instead of, in the name of, ὑ. ἑαυτοῦ τι προϊδεῖν on his own behalf, Th.1.141; ὑ. τινὸς ἀποκρίνεσθαι Pl.R. 590a
; προλέγειν X.An.7.7.3
; ἐπεὶ οὖν σὺ σιωπᾷς, ἐγὼ λέξω καὶ ὑ. σοῦ καὶ ὑ. ἡμῶν Id.Cyr.3.3.14
, cf. S.El. 554; ὑ. Ζήνωνος πράσσων as Zeno's representative, PSI4.389.8 (iii B. C.); ἔγραψεν ὑ. αὐτῶν διὰ τὸ φάσκειν αὐτοὺς μὴ εἰδέναι γράμματα PGrenf.2.17.9
(ii B. C.); θεάσασθε ὃν τρόπον ὑμεῖς ἐστρατηγηκότες πάντ' ἔσεσθ' ὑ. Φιλίππου as though by commission from P., D.3.6; so in other dialects c. acc., v. infr. B. v.

3 in adjurations, with verbs of entreaty, entreat one as representative of another, τῶν ὕ. ἐνθάδ' ἐγὼ γουνάζομαι οὐ παρεόντων, i. e. I entreat you as they would if they were here, Il.15.665, cf. 660; then more metaph., by, λίσσομ' ὑ. ψυχῆς ( as you value your life) καὶ γούνων σῶν τε τοκήων 22.338
, cf. 24.466; λίσσομ' ὑ. θυέων καὶ δαίμονος.. σῆς τ' αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς καὶ ἑταίρων Od.15.261
; λίσσου' ὑ. μακάρων σέο τ' αὐτῆς ἠδὲ τοκήων A.R.3.701
; ὑ. ξενίου λίσσεται ὔμμε Διός in the name of Zeus, AP7.499.2 (Theaet.); so [dialect] Aeol. περ (v. περί A.
V).

4 of the cause or motive, for, because of, by reason of, ἀλγέων ὕ. E.Supp. 1125
(lyr.); ὑ. παθέων Id.Hipp. 159
(lyr.); ἔριδος ὕ. Id.Andr. 490
(lyr.); of punishment or reward, for, on account of, τοῖσιν ἄγουσιν κλαύμαθ' ὑπάρξει βραδυτῆτος ὕ. S.Ant. 932
(anap.), cf. Isoc.11.39, Lys.3.43, 4.20, 13.41,42, X.An.1.3.4; ἀτῆθθαι ὑ. τῶ πατρὸς τὰ πατρώϊα the father's property shall pay the fine for the father, Leg.Gort.11.42; ἀποτεισάτω ὁ δεσπότης ὑ. τοῦ δούλου PHal. 1.198
(iii B. C.); τοῦτον (viz. a runaway slave) ὃς ἂν ἀναγάγῃ, λήψεται ὅσα καὶ ὑ. τοῦ προγεγραμμένου UPZ121.24
(ii B. C.);
τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑ. τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον
as a thank-offering for.., Sammelb.3926.12
(i B. C.); ὑ. ὧν ἐτιμήσαμεν αὐτοὺς ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς Isoc.9.57
; ἀποδοῦναι χάριν ὑ. ὧν.. ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εὐεργέτησεν Id.4.56
; of payment, ἡμιωβέλιον ὑ. ἑκάστου IG12.140.2
; μέτρησον Ποσειδωνίῳ ὑ. Ἡρακλείδου on account of H., i.e. debiting H.'s account, PFay.16 (i B. C.); μετρήσω ὑ. σοῦ εἰς τὸ δημόσιον for the credit of your account, PAmh.2.88.22 (ii A. D.); ὑ. λαογραφίας Ostr.Bodl. iii 80
(i A. D.); ὑ. λόγου ἀννώνης Ostr. 1479
(iii A. D.); ὑ. ὧν ἔμαθεν καταβαλεῖν μισθόν Jul.Or.3.126a
, cf. Ael.NA3.39.

5 ὑ. τοῦ μή c. inf., for the purpose of preventing or avoiding, ὑ. τοῦ μηδένα.. βιαίῳ θανάτῳ ἀποθνῄσκειν X.Hier.4.3
; ὑ. τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν τὸ προσταττόμενον Isoc.7.64
, cf. 12.80; τὴν πόλιν ἐκλιπεῖν ὑπέμειναν.. ὑ. τοῦ μὴ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι D.18.204
: also without μή, for the sake of, ὑ. τοῦτοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτάττειν ἐθέλειν ἀποθνῄσκειν to be ready to die for the sake of.., Isoc.6.94; μὴ τοσαύτην ποιεῖσθαι σπουδὴν ὑ. τοῦ βλάψαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἡλίκην ὑ. τοῦ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς παθεῖν δεινόν Plb.3.94.9
, cf. 5.32.1, 5.86.8: this constr. is found also in signf. A. 111.

III concerning, ὑ. σέθεν αῐσχε' ἀκούω Il.6.524
; κᾶρυξ ἀνέειπέ νιν ἀγγέλλων Ἱέρωνος ὑ. καλλινίκου ἅρμασι Pi.P.1.32
; Σκύθαι μὲν ὧδε ὑ. σφέων τε αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς χώρης τῆς κατύπερθε λέγουσι Hdt.4.8
; τὰ λεγόμενα ὑ. ἑκάστων v.l. in Id.2.123; τοὺς ὑ. τοῦ αἰῶνος φόβους Epicur.Sent.20
; διαλεχθῆναι, ἀγορεύειν ὑ. τινός, Pl.Ap. 39e, Lg. 776e; περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων τοσαῦτά μοι εἰρήσθω, ὑ. ὧν δέ μοι προσήκει λέγειν .. Lys.24.4, cf. 21, 16.20; ὑ. οὗ.. ὁμολογῶ.. διαφέρεσθαι τούτοις D.18.31
; βουλευομένων ὑ. τοῦ ποίαν τινὰ [ εἰρήνην ποιητέον] Id.19.94; ἔγραψάς μοι ὑ. τῶν καμίνων PCair.Zen. 273.2
(iii B. C.); ἐνεκάλουν ὑ. σύκων PSI6.554.24
(iii B. C.); ἐπεδώκαμέν σοι ὑπόμνημα ὑ. τοῦ μὴ εἰληφέναι τὴν.. ὄλυραν UPZ46.4
(ii B. C.); συλλαλήσαντες ὑ. τοῦ τὴν πόλιν ἐνδοῦναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις Plb.1.43.1
; θροῦς ὑ. τοῦ τὸν Λυκοῦργον ἐκπέμπειν talk of sending L., Id.5.18.5, cf. 6; γνώμην ὑ. τῆς κοινῆς [ δόξης] Isoc.6.93; ὑ. τῶν τούτου λῃτουργιῶν.. ὡδὶ γιγνώσκω D.21.152
; ἐκ τῶν ἐμφανῶν ὑ. τῶν ἀφανῶν πιστεύειν Jul.Or. 4.138b
; with vbs. expressing emotion, ποίας.. γυναικὸς ἐκφοβεῖσθ' ὕ.; S.OT 989
; εἰ τὰ παρὰ σοὶ καλῶς ἔχει, θάρρει ὑ. ἐκείνων X.Cyr.7.1.17
; οὐδεὶς ὑ. μου δαιμόνων μηνίεται κατασφαγείσης A.Eu. 101
(approaching sense 11.1).

B WITH ACCUS.,

I of Place in reference to motion, over, beyond, freq. in Hom., e.g. ὑ. ὦμον ἤλυθ' ἀκωκή Il.5.16
, cf. 851; ἀλάλησθε.. ὑπεἰρ ἅλα Od.3.73
, cf. 7.135, al., A.Eu. 250, S.Ant. 1145 (lyr.); ὑ. τὸν δρύφακτον ὑπερτιθέμενοι Plb.1.22.10
: without such reference, ὑ. Ἡρακλείας στήλας ἔξω κατοικοῦσι Pl.Criti. 108e
, cf. Jul.Or.1.6d; τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑ. τὸ ὑγρὸν ὑπερίσχον Plb.3.84.9
; τῶν ὑ. τὸ Σαρδῷον πέλαγος τόπων Id.2.14.6
; ὑ. Μασσαλίαν Id.2.16.1
; λόφον κείμενον ὑ. τὴν ὁδόν Id.2.27.5
, cf. 3.47.2, al.; τῶν συριῶν ὑ. τὴν σκηνὴν οὐσῶν PHib. 1.38.7
(iii B. C.); οὐλὴ.. ὑ. ὀφρὺν δεξιάν PCair.Zen.76.13
(iii B. C.); τὸ ὑ. τὸν ἔσχατον.. σπόνδυλον Sor.1.102
; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν Jul.Or. 4.135a
.

II of Measure, above, exceeding, beyond, ὑ. τὸν ἀλαθῆ λόγον Pi.O.1.28
; ὑ. τὸ βέλτιστον A.Ag. 378
(lyr.); ὑ. ἐλπίδα S.Ant. 366
(lyr.); ὑ. δύναμιν Th.6.16
; μεγέθει ὑ. τοὺς ἐν τῇ νηΐ Pl.R. 488b
; ὑ. ἄνθρωπον εἶναι Id.Lg. 839d
, Luc.Vit.Auct.2; ὑ. ἡμᾶς beyond our powers, Pl.Prm. 128b; ὑ. τὴν ἀξίαν E.HF 146
; ὑ. τὴν οὐσίαν Pl. R. 372b
; ὑ. τὸ ὕδωρ (cf. ὕδωρ 1.4
) Luc.Pr.Im.29.

b after [comp] Comp., than, δυνατώτεροι ὑ. .. LXX Jd.18.26: so after Posit., τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὑ. αὐτόν better than he, ib.3 Ki.2.32.

2 of transgression, in violation of, ὑ. αἶσαν, opp. κατ' αἶσαν, Il.3.59, al.; ὑ. Διὸς αἶσαν 17.321
; ὑ. μοῖραν 20.336
; ὑ. μόρον (or ὑπέρμορον) ib.30; ὑ. θεόν 17.327
; ὑ. ὅρκια 3.299
, al.

III of Number, above, upwards of, τὰ ὑ. δέκα μνᾶς [ ξυμβόλαια] IG12.41.23, cf. 22.48, al.; ὑ. τεσσεράκοντα ἄνδρας Hdt.5.64
; ὑ. τετταράκοντα (sc. ἔτη) X.HG5.4.13; ὑ. τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονόσι Id.Cyr.1.2.4
; ὑ. ἥμισυ more than half, ib.3.3.47.

IV of Time, beyond, i.e. before, earlier than, ὁ ὑ. τὰ Μηδικὰ πόλεμος Th.1.41
; ὑ. τὴν φθοράν Pl.Ti. 23c
.

V in some dialects, in sense A. 11.1,2, on behalf of, ὑ. τὰν πόλιν SIG437
(Delph., iii B. C.), al., cf. IG42(1).109iv113 (Epid., iii B. C.), 5(2).438-40,442 (Megalop., ii B. C.), 42(1).380,665 (Epid., i A. D.), IPE4.71.10 (Cherson., ii A. D.); in sense A. 111, concerning, ἐπικράνθη μοι ὑ. ὑμᾶς LXX Ru.1.13
.

C WITH DAT., only Arc., μαχόμενοι ὑ. τᾷ τᾶς πόλιος ἐλευθερίᾳ fighting for.., IG5(2).16 (Tegea, iii B. C.).

D POSITION: ὑπέρ may follow its Subst., but then by anastrophe becomes ὕπερ, Il.5.339, Od.19.450, al., S.OT 1444, etc.

E AS ADV., over-much, above measure, ὑπὲρ μὲν ἄγαν E.Med. 627
(lyr.); also written ὑπεράγαν, Str.3.2.9, Ael.NA3.38, etc.; cf. ὑπέρφευ: as a predicate, διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσι; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ I am more [ than they], 2 Ep.Cor.11.23.

F IN COMPOS. ὑπέρ signifies over, above, in all relations, e. g.,

1 of Place, over, beyond, as in ὑπεράνω, ὑπέργειος, ὑπερβαίνω, ὑπερπόντιος.

2 of doing a thing for or in defence of, as in ὑπερμαχέω, ὑπερασπίζω, ὑπεραλγέω.

3 above measure, as in ὑπερήφανος, ὑπερφίαλος.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπέρ
9 ἀμφί

ἀμφί, Prep. with gen., dat., acc.: (cf. Skt.

A abhitas 'on both sides', Lat. ambi-):—radic. sense, on both sides; chiefly Poet. and [dialect] Ion. Prose, replaced by περί in later Gk.

A C. GEN. (Poet., Hdt., X.):

I causal, about, for the sake of, ἀ. πίδακος μάχεσθαι fight for the possession of a spring, Il.16.285; ἀ. γυναικός Pi.P.9.105
, A.Ag.62; ἀ. λέκτρων E.Andr. 123
: like πρός, in entreaties, πρὸς Ζηνός.. Φοίβου τ' ἀ. for Phoebus' sake, A.R.2.216.

2 about, concerning, once in Hom., ἀμφ' Ἄρεος φιλότητος ἀείδειν sing of love, Od.8.267; ἀμφὶ τιμῆς h.Merc. 172
(cf. c. 4); once in Hdt., ἀμφὶ κρίσιος (as v.l. for κρίσι) μνηστήρων τοσαῦτα ἐγένετο 6.131
; more freq. in poets, ἀ. δαιμόνων Pi.O.1.35
, cf. A.Th. 1017, E.Supp. 642, etc.; prob. l. in S.Ph. 554.

II of Place, about, around, post-Hom., ἀ. ταύτης τῆς πόλιος Hdt.8.104
; τὸν ἀ. Λίμνας τρόχον E.Hipp. 1133
.

B C. DAT. (Poet., [dialect] Ion. and later Prose):

I of Place, on both sides of, ἀμφ' ὀχέεσσι Il.5.723
; ἀ. κεφαλῇ, ὤμοισιν, στήθεσσι, ποσσί, about the head, etc., ib.24.163, 3.328, Od.16.174, Il.13.36; ἄ. δέρᾳ Sapph.Supp.23.16
; ἀμφί οἱ around him, Il.12.396; μοι ἀμφ' αὐτῷ around me, 9.470; like wise ἀμφὶ περὶ στήθεσσι Od.11.609
:—all round, κρέα ἀμφ' ὀβελοῖσι μεμύκει round, i.e. upon, spits, ib.12.395; πεπαρμένη ἀμφ' ὀνύχεσσι Hes.Op. 250
.

2 more generally, at, by, ἀ. πύλῃσι μάχεσθαι at the gates, Il.12.175; ἀμφὶ [κόρυθι] διατρυφέν smashed on the helmet, 3.362; ἀ. πυρί on the fire, 18.344; ἀμφ' ἐμοί clinging to me, Od.11.423; esp. of falling over one, Il.4.493; of a guardian, over, φύλακα ἀ. σοι λείψω S.Aj. 562
; ἀ. γούνασι πίπτειν E.Alc. 947
.

II of Time, ἁλίῳ ἀ. ἑνί in compass of one day, Pi. O.13.37.

III generally, of connexion or association, without distinct notion of place, ἀ. νεκροῖσιν as concerning the dead, Il.7.408; freq. in Pi., ὅσσα δ' ἀμφ' ἀέθλοις as far as concerns games, N.2.17; ἐπ' ἔργοισιν ἀ. τε βουλαῖς in deeds and counsels, Id.P.5.119; in virtue of, ἀμφὶ σοφίᾳ 1.12
; ἐμᾷ ἀ. μαχανᾷ 8.34
; ἀμφ' ἀρετᾷ 1.80
, cf. O.8.42; σέο ἀμφὶ τρόπῳ N.1.29
; ἀ. ἰατορίᾳ in respect of healing, B.1.39.

IV causal, about, for the sake of, ἀμφ' Ἑλένῃ μάχεσθαι Il.3.70
; ἀ. γυναικὶ ἄλγεα πάσχειν ib. 157, cf. Luc.D Deor.20.14; ἀ. τοῖσδε καλχαίνων τέκνοις E.Heracl.40
, cf. Rh. 457 (lyr.); ἀ. δώλῳ μωλίειν Leg.Gort.1.17
; concerning, Od.1.48; εἰπὼν ἀμφ' Ὀδυσῆϊ 14.364
; ἀρνεύμενον ἀ. βόεσσι h.Merc. 390
; ἀ. Τειρεσίαο βουλαῖς Pi.I.7(6).8
; ἕξετ' ἀμφ' ἐμοὶ τροφήν S.OC 1614
, cf. El. 1144; ἔρις ἀ. μουσικῇ Hdt. 6.129
; ἀ. σοι A.Ag. 890
; ἀ. τῷ θανάτῳ αὐτῆς λόγος λέγεται about her death it is reported, Hdt.3.32, cf. S.Aj. 303; ἀ. βοῶν ἀγέλαις δόμον αὔξειν B.9.44
.

2 of impulses, ἀ. τάρβει, ἀ. φόβῳ for very fear, A.Ch. 547, E.Or. 825; ἀ. θυμῷ S.Fr. 565
; ἀμφ' ὀδύνῃ A.R.2.96
.

V like ἐπί, added to, πόνος ἀ. πόνῳ Simon.39
.

C C. ACC., most freq. in Prose (twice only in Th.):

I of Place, about, around, mostly with a sense of motion, ἀ. μιν φᾶρος βάλον Il.24.588
, cf. Od.10.365; ἀ. βωμίαν ἔπτηξε παστάδα E.HF 984
.

2 generally, by, on, ἀμφ' ἅλα by the sea, Il.1.409; ἀ. ῥέεθρα somewhere by the banks, 2.461; ἀ. περὶ κρήνην somewhere about the fountain, 2.305; ἀ. ἄστυ all about in the city, 11.706; Τάρταρον ἀ. μέγαν somewhere in Tartarus, h.Ap. 336, cf. A.Pr. 1029; ἀ. Εὔβοιαν B.9.34
; ἀ. Θρῄκην E.Andr. 215
; ἀ. ψάμαθον somewhere on the sand, S.Aj. 1064; ἀ. βωμόν at the altar, E.IT 705; περὶ πίδακας ἀ. Theoc. 7.142
; of motion, to the neighbourhood of, ἦλθες ἀ. Δωδώνην A.Pr. 830
.

3 of persons grouped about one, οἱ ἀ. Πρίαμον Priam and his train, Il.3.146, cf. 2.417, 445; οἱ ἀ. Ξέρξεα his army, Hdt.8.25; but οἱ ἀ. Κορινθίους, οἱ ἀ. Μεγαρέας καὶ Φλειασίους the Corinthians, Megarians, etc., and those next them, Id.9.69: hence [dialect] Att., οἱ ἀ. Πρωταγόραν the school of Protagoras or even Protagoras himself, Pl. Tht. 170c; οἱ ἀ. Εὐθύφρονα Euthyphro's friends, Cra. 399e, cf. Th.8.65; of a single person, perh. Pl.Hp.Ma. 281c; so in later Prose, as Luc.VH2.18.

4 τὰ ἀ. τι that which concerns a thing, τὰ ἀ. τὸ ἄριστον Th.7.40
; τὰ ἀ. τὴν δίαιταν domestic arrangements, X.Cyr.8.2.6.

5 causal, about, for the sake of, κλαίειν ἀ. τινα weep about or for one, Il.18.339; μνήσασθαι ἀ. τινα make mention of one, h.Hom. 7.1, cf. Terp.2, Ar.Nu. 595; κελαδέοντι φᾶμαι ἀ. Κινύραν Pi.P.2.15
, cf. I.7(6).9, A.Th. 843; ἀ. νιν γοώμενος S.Tr. 937
.

6 ἀ. τι ἔχειν to be occupied about a thing, ἀ. λιτάν' ἕξομεν A.Th. 101
; ἀ. δεῖπνον εἶχεν X.Cyr.5.5.44
, cf. 5.2.26; εἶναι ἀμφί τι 7.1.1
; ἀ. τὰν δαῖσιν Leg.Gort.5.46
.

II of Time, throughout, for, τὸν λοιπὸν ἀ. βίοτον, τὸν ὅλον ἀ. χρόνον, Pi.O.1.97, 2.30; about, at the time of, during, ἀ. Πλειάδων δύσιν A.Ag. 826
; ἀ. τὸν χειμῶνα X.Cyr.8.6.22
, etc.

2 of Number,
ἀ. τὰς δώδεκα μυριάδας
about
120
, 000, ib.1.2.15.

D POSITION. In poets ἀμφί sts. follows its case, οἱ δέ μιν ἀμφί Od.23.46
, cf. 10.218, B.17.53; φρένας ἀ. Hes.Th. 554
, Mimn.1.7; but never suffers anastrophe, Hdn.Gr.1.480.

E WITHOUT CASE, as Adv., about, around, on both or all sides, freq. in [dialect] Ep., ῥῆξεν δέ οἱ ἀ. χιτῶνα Il.13.439
; ἀ. δὲ λειμών around is meadow, Od.6.292; so ἀ. περί Il.21.10
, etc.

F IN COMPOS.:

I on both sides, ἀμφίστομος, ἀμφίαλος.

2 on all sides, ἀμφιβάλλω 1.3
, ἀμφιλαμβάνω, ἀμφιλαφής.

II causal, for the sake of, ἀμφιμάχομαι, ἀμφιτρομέω.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀμφί
10 ἀντί

ἀντί, Prep. governing gen.:—orig. sense,

A over against. (Cf. Skt. a/nti 'opposite', 'facing', Lat. ante, etc.)

A USAGE:

I of Place, opposite, over against, formerly quoted from several places of Hom., as Il.21.481 ἀντὶ ἐμεῖο (where now ἀντί' ἐμεῖο, i.e. ἀντία) Τρώων ἄνθ' ἑκατόν (i.e. ἄντα) 8.233; so ἄντ' Αἴαντος (i.e. ἄντα) 15.415, cf. Od.4.115, Hes.Op. 727; but ἀντί is so used in X.An.4.7.6, IG2.835 c-l68; αἱ ὀπαὶ αἱ γιγνόμεναι ἀ. τόρμων mortises facing tenons, Hero Bel.97.5; ἀντὶ μαιτύρων in the presence of witnesses, Leg.Gort.1.40; ἀντὶ τῆς ὄψεως ἡμῶν Eudox. Ars18
.

II of Time, ἀντὶ νυκτός the same night, SIG1025.43 ([place name] Cos); ἀντὶ ϝέτεος GDI2561
A45 (Delph.); ἀντ' ἐνιαυτοῦ IG5(2).266.8
(Mantinea, i B.C.); ἀνθ' ἡμέρας· δι' ὅλης τῆς ἡμέρας, Hsch.; cf. ἀντετοῦς.

III instead, in the place of, Ἕκτορος ἀντὶ πεφάσθαι Il.24.254
; ἀντὶ γάμοιο τάφον Od.20.307
; so later πολέμιος ἀντὶ φίλου καταστῆναι Hdt.1.87
; ἀντὶ ἡμέρης νὺξ ἐγένετο Id.7.37
; ἀντὶ φωτῶν σποδός A.Ag. 434
; τὸν πόλεμον ἀντ' εἰρήνης μεταλαμβάνειν Th.1.120
, cf. 4.20, 7.75; βασιλεύειν ἀντί τινος X.An.1.1.4
; also ἀντὶ ἄρχεσθαι ὑπ' ἄλλων ἄρχειν ἁπάντων Hdt.1.210
, cf.6.32, 7.170 (where the usual constr. would be ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄρχεσθαι, cf. Th.7.28, X.Cyr.6.2.19, etc.); ὀργίλοι ἀντὶ θυμοειδοῦς γεγένηνται Pl.R. 411c
: sts. used elliptically, ἦ 'τολμήσατ' ἀντ' ἐμοῦ δοῦναί τινι; i.e. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐμοὶ δοῦναι, S.Ph. 369, cf. OC 448, Ar.Av.58.

2 in Hom. often to denote equivalence, ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνήρ he is as good as many men, Il.9.116; ἀντὶ κασιγνήτου ξεῖνος.. τέτυκται a guest is as much as a brother, Od.8.546; ἀντί τοί εἰμ' ἱκέταο I am as a suppliant, Il.21.75, cf. 8.163; so later τοῦτό σφι ἀντὶ λουτροῦ ἐστί serves as a bath, Hdt.4.75; ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον to be as hostages for.., Th.2.5; δουλεύειν ἀντὶ ἀργυρωνήτων just like bought slaves, D.17.3; ἀντὶ [πλεύμονος] βράγχια Arist. PA 669a4
.

3 to denote exchange, at the price of, in return for, σοὶ δὲ θεοὶ τῶνδ' ἀντὶ χάριν.. δοῖεν Il.23.650
; νῆσον ἀντὶ χρημάτων παρέλαβον for money paid, Hdt.3.59; ἀντ' ἀργυρίου ἀλλάξασθαι Pl.R. 371d
; ἀμείβειν τι ἀντί τινος Pi.P.4.17
, cf. E.Or. 646, 651; ἀντὶ ποίας εὐεργεσίας; Lys.6.40
, etc.; τί δ' ἐστὶν ἀνθ' οὗ..; S.Ant. 237
; ὄνειδος ἀνθ' ὅτου Id.OC 967
; δοίην ἀντ' ἀνιῶν ἀνίας grief for grief, Thgn.344; ἀντ' ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθοῖσι βρύοις A.Supp. 966
:—hence
ἀνθ' ὧν
wherefore, A.Pr.31
, S.OT 264, Th.6.83, Ev.Luc.12.3;
ἀντὶ τούτου
therefore, Ep.Eph.5.31
; but ἀνθ' ὧν also for ἀντὶ τούτων ὄτι.., because, S.Ant. 1068, Ar.Pl. 434;
ἀντὶ τοῦ;
wherefore? why? S.OT 1021
; also
ἀνθ' ὧν ὅτι ἦτε..
instead of being as you were.., LXX De.28.62
.

4 for the sake of, Pl.Mx. 237a, Arist.EN 1110a21; with Verbs of entreaty, like πρός c. gen., ἀντὶ παίδων ἱκετεύομέν σε S.OC 1326
.

5 to mark comparison, ἓν ἀνθ' ἑνός one set against the other, compared with it, Pl.R. 331b, Lg. 705b; χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος, i.e. ever-increasing grace, Ev.Jo.1.16; in preference to, ἀφνεὸν βούλεται ἀντ' ἀγαθοῦ Thgn.188
; ἀντὶ αὐλοῦ καὶ ἀντὶ κιθάρας ὁ ἦχος ἀκούεται Demetr.Eloc. 71
; αἱρεῖσθαί τι ἀντί τινος Isoc.9.3
, D.1.1, cf. X.Lac.9.1: even after Comparatives, πλέον ἀντὶ σοῦ S.Tr. 577
; μείζον' ὅστις ἀντὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ πάτρας φίλον νομίζει Id.Ant. 182
; so (esp. after a neg.) ἄλλος ἀντ' ἐμοῦ A.Pr. 467
, S.Aj. 444, Ar.Nu. 653; δόξαν ἀντὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἠγαπηκώς Plu.Alex.42
.

B POSITION: ἀντί rarely follows its case, as in Il.23.650, A. Ag. 1277, Ig5(1).1119 (Geronthrae, iv B.C.), AP7.715 (Leon.); but the Gramm. hold that it never suffers anastrophe.

C IN COMPOS. it signifies,

1 over against, opposite, as ἀντιβαίνω, ἀντίπορος.

2 against, in opposition to, as ἀντιλέγω, ἀντίβιος.

3 one against another, mutually, as ἀντιδεξιόομαι.

4 in return, as ἀντιβοηθέω.

5 instead of, as ἀντιβασιλεύς, ἀνθύπατος.

6 equal to, like, as ἀντίθεος, ἀντίπαις, ἀντίδουλος.

7 corresponding, counter, as ἀντίφορτος, ἀντίτυπος.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀντί
11 ἐκ

ἐκ, before a vowel [full] ἐξ, also

A ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ Inscr.Cypr. 135.5
H., in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. before ς ξ ζ ρ and less freq. λ ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ν ; Cret. and [dialect] Boeot. [full] ἐς Leg.Gort.2.49, Corinn.Supp.2.67 ; ἐχ freq. in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, IG12.304.20) ; also ἐ Ναυπάκτω ib.9(1).334.8 ([dialect] Locr.) ; (ἐτ is for ἐπὶ in ib 9(2).517.14 (Thess.)):—Prep. governing GEN. only (exc. in Cypr. and Arc., c. dat., Inscr.Cypr.135.5 H. ([place name] Idalium), (in form ἐς) IG5(2).6.49 (Tegea, iv B.C.)):—radical sense, from out of, freq. also simply, from.

I OF PLACE, the most freq. usage, variously modified:

1 of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης Il.1.269
, cf.Pl.Prt. 321c, etc. ; μάχης ἔκ Il.17.207
; ἂψ ἐκ δυσμενέων ἀνδρῶν 24.288
; ἐξ ὀχέων, ἐξ ἕδρης, 3.29, 19.77 ; φεύγειν ἐκ πολέμοιο 7.119
; ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων ἐλθεῖν X.Cyr.6.2.9
; ἐκ χειρῶν γέρας εἵλετο Il.9.344
, cf. S.Ph. 1287 (but ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν or παίειν to strike with a spear in the hand, opp. ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, X.An.3.3.15, Cyr.4.3.16 ; ἐκ χειρὸς τὴν μάχην ποιεῖσθαι ib.6.2.16, cf. 6.3.24, etc.) ; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν ib.5.3.3 ; ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ὠνεῖσθαι Pl.Com.190
.

2 ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, Il.9.343 ; ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσπάσασθαι X.Oec.10.4
; μέγαν ἐκ θυμοῦ κλάζοντες Ἄρη A.Ag.48
(anap.) ; δακρυχέων ἐκ φρενός Id.Th. 919
(anap.) ; οὐδὲν ἐκ σαυτῆς λέγεις S.El. 344
; ἐξ εὐμενῶν στέρνων δέχεσθαι receive with kindly heart, Id.OC 486 ; ἐξ ὀμμάτων ὀρθῶν δὲ κἀξ ὀρθῆς φρενός Id.OT 528
; ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν δίφρων with chariot still upright, Id.El. 742 ; ἐξ ἀκινήτου ποδός Id.Tr. 875
; ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδός Id.Ph.91
.

3 to denote change or succession, freq. with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, Il.19.290 ; ἐκ φόβου φόβον τρέφω S.Tr.28
; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, Pl. Sph. 224b, Plt. 289e ; λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγειν D.18.313
; πόρους ἐκ πόρων ὑπισχνούμενοι Alciphr.1.8
; ἀπαλλάττειν τινὰ ἐκ γόων S.El. 291
; ἐκ κακῶν πεφευγέναι Id.Ant. 437
: hence, instead of, τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος Id.OT 454
; λευκὴν..ἐκ μελαίνης ἀμφιβάλλομαι τρίχα Id.Ant. 1093
; ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς D.18.131
, cf. X. An.7.7.28, etc.

4 to express separation or distinction from a number, ἐκ πολέων πίσυρες four out of many, Il.15.680 ; μοῦνος ἐξ ἁπάντων σωθῆναι Hdt.5.87
; εἶναι ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων to be one of the wealthy, Pl.Grg. 525e ; ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Ζεὺς ἄλγε' ἔδωκεν to me out of (i.e. above) all, Il. 18.431, cf. 432 ; ἐκ πάντων μάλιστα 4.96
, cf. S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.), etc. ; redundant, εἷς τῶν ἐκ τῶν φίλων σου LXX Jd.15.2
.

5 of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, Il.14.130, etc. ; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, Od.19.7 ; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, 15.272 ; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, Hdt.3.83 ; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, Id.2.142; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, Id.5.24 ; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, S.OC 113.

6 with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος..πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, Il.5.4 ; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river ( with water from the river), Od.6.224 : freq. with Verbs signifying hang or fasten, σειρήν..ἐξ οὐρανόθεν κρεμάσαντες having hung a chain from heaven, Il.8.19 ; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, Od.8.67 ; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing, 12.51 ; μαχαίρας εἶχον ἐξ ἀργυρέων τελαμώνων Il.18.598
; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, S.Aj. 1030, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [ by a rein] upon her arm, Hdt.5.12 : with Verbs signifying hold, lead, ἐξ ἐκείνων ἔχειν τὰς ἐλπίδας to have their hopes dependent upon them, Th.1.84 ; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, Bion Fr.7.2 ; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι ib.6.2 ; ἐκ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαμβάνεσθαι Luc.Asin.23
: with the Art. indicating the place of origin, οἱ ἐκ τῶν νήσων κακοῦργοι the robbers of the islands, Th.1.8, cf. 2.5, 13 ; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, Pl. Ap. 32b ; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, D.18.169 ; ἁρπασόμενοι τὰ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν X.Cyr.7.2.5
; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου ἔθεον Id.An. 4.6.25
: even with Verbs of sitting or standing, εἰσεῖδε στᾶσ' ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο from Olympus where she stood, Il.14.154 ; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, S.Ant. 411 ; στὰς ἐξ ἐπάλξεων ἄκρων E.Ph. 1009
; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, Theoc.22.40 : phrases, ἐκ δεξιᾶς, ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, on the right, left, X.Cyr.8.3.10, etc.; οἱ ἐξ ἐναντίας, οἱ ἐκ πλαγίοὐ ib.7.1.20 ; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opp. ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, D.18.301.

7 νικᾶν ἔκ τινος win a victory over.., Apoc.15.2.

II OF TIME, elliptic with Pron. relat. and demonstr., ἐξ οὗ [ χρόνου] since, Il.1.6, Od.2.27, etc.; in apod., ἐκ τοῦ from that time, Il.8.296 ; ἐκ τούτου X.An.5.8.15
, etc. (but ἐκ τοῖο thereafter, Il.1.493, and ἐκ τούτων or ἐκ τῶνδε usu. after this, X.Mem.2.9.4, S.OT 235) ; ἐξ ἐκείνου Th.2.15
; ἐκ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) for a long time, Id.1.68, etc.; ἐκ πλέονος χρόνου Id.8.45
; ἐκ πλείστου ib.68 ; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, Id.2.11 (but also a short time since, Plu.Caes.28) ; ἐκ παλαιοῦ X.Mem.3.5.8
; ἐκ παλαιτάτου Th.1.18
.

2 of particular points of time, ἐκ νεότητος..ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86
; ἐκ γενετῆς 24.535
; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, Pl.Grg. 510d, R. 374c, etc.; ἐκ μικροῦ παιδαρίου D.53.19
; ἐξ ἀρχῆς A.Eu. 284
, etc.; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, Il.5.865; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather, 16.365 ; ἐκ δὲ αἰθρίης καὶ νηνεμίης συνδραμεῖν ἐξαπίνης νέφεα Hdt.1.87
; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, ib.50, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, X.An.4.6.21 ; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, Th. 1.120 ; γελάσαι ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν δακρύων X.Cyr.1.4.28
; κάλλιστον ἦμαρ εἰσιδεῖν ἐκ χείματος A.Ag. 900
; τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκ Διονυσίων πλόϊμον εἶναι Thphr.Char.3.3
; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, Plu. Nic.20.

3 at, in, ἐκ νυκτῶν Od.12.286
; ἐκ νυκτός X.Cyr.1.4.2
, etc.; ἐξ ἡμέρας S.El. 780
; ἐκ μέσω ἄματος Theoc.10.5
; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, X.Smp.4.56, Pl.Lg. 709e.

III OF ORIGIN,

1 of Material, out of or of which things are made, γίγνεταί τι ἔκ τινος Parm.8.12
; ποιέεσθαι ἐκ ξύλων τὰ πλοῖα Hdt.1.194
; πίνοντας ἐκ κριθῶν μέθυ A.Supp. 953
; εἶναι ἐξ ἀδάμαντος Pl.R. 616c
; ἐκ λευκῶ ἐλέφαντος αἰετοί Theoc.15.123
; στράτευμα ἀλκιμώτατον ἂν γένοιτο ἐκ παιδικῶν X.Smp.8.32
; συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων formed line of battle from the troops as they marched up, Id.An.1.8.14.

2 of Parentage, ἔκ τινος εἶναι, γενέσθαι, etc., Il. 20.106,6.206, etc.; ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί (where γένος is acc. abs.) 5.896 ; σῆς ἐξ αἵματός εἰσι γενέθλης 19.111
; ὦ παῖ πατρὸς ἐξ Ἀχιλλέως S.Ph. 260
; πίρωμις ἐκ πιρώμιος Hdt.2.143
; ἀγαθοὶ καὶ ἐξ ἀγαθῶν Pl.Phdr. 246a
; τὸν ἐξ ἐμῆς μητρός S.Ant. 466
, etc.

3 of Place of Origin or Birth, ἐκ Σιδῶνος..εὔχομαι εἶναι Od.15.425
, cf. Th.1.25, etc.; ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί Ev.Jo.8.23
; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, Arist.Ath.4.4, etc. ; οἱ ἐκ τῆς διατριβῆς ταύτης Aeschin.1.54
; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, Luc.Pisc.43 ; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, Ath.1.34b ; οἱ ἐκ πίστεως Ep.Gal.3.7
; οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας Ep.Rom.2.8
.

4 of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, Il.1.63,2.197, cf. Od.1.33, A.Pers. 707, etc.; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, Od.16.447 ; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, Hdt.2.148 ; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, Plot.6.1.21 ; ὕμνος ἐξ Ἐρινύων A.Eu. 331
(lyr.) ; ἡ ἐξ ἐμοῦ δυσβουλία S.Ant.95
; ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ πόθος Id.Tr. 631
.

5 with the agent after [voice] Pass. Verbs, by, Poet. and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, Il.2.669 ; κήδε' ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός ib. 70; προδεδόσθαι ἐκ Πρηξάσπεος Hdt.3.62
; τὰ λεχθέντα ἐξ Ἀλεξάνδρου Id.7.175
, cf. S.El. 124 (lyr.), Ant.93, Th.3.69, Pl.Ti. 47b; ἐξ ἁπάντων ἀμφισβητήσεται Id.Tht. 171b
; ὁμολογουμένους ἐκ πάντων X.An.2.6.1
; τὰς ἐκ θεῶν τύχας δοθείσας S.Ph. 1316
, cf. Pl.Ly. 204c : with neut. Verbs, ἐκ..πατρὸς κακὰ πείσομαι Od.2.134
, cf. A.Pr. 759 ; τλῆναί τι ἔκ τινος Il.5.384
; θνήσκειν ἔκ τινος S.El. 579
, OT 854, etc.; τὰ γενόμενα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Hdt.1.1
.

6 of Cause, Instrument, or Means by which a thing is done, ἐκ πατέρων φιλότητος in consequence of our fathers' friendship, Od.15.197 ; μήνιος ἐξ ὀλοῆς 3.135
; ἐξ ἔριδος Il. 7.111
; τελευτῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ τρώματος Hdt.3.29
; ἐκ τίνος λόγου; E. Andr. 548 ; ἐκ τοῦ; wherefore? Id.Hel.93 ; λέξον ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης X. An.5.8.4
; ποιεῖτε ὑμῖν φίλους ἐκ τοῦ Μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας make yourselves friends of (i.e. by means of).., Ev.Luc.16.9 ; ζῆν ἔκ τινος X. HG3.2.11
codd.; ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων τρέφειν ἐμαυτόν Isoc.15.152
; ἐκ τόξων ἀνύσαι γαστρὶ φορβάν S.Ph. 710
(lyr.).

7 in accordance with, ἐκ τῶν λογίων Hdt.1.64
; ὁ ἐκ τῶν νόμων χρόνος D.24.28
; ἐκ κελεύματος A. Pers. 397
, cf. Sophr.25 ; ἐκ τῶν ξυγκειμένων Th.5.25
; ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ib.40, etc.; ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενοι X.Cyr.2.2.21
, cf. A.Pr. 485.

8 freq. as periphr. for Adv., ἐκ προνοίας IG12.115.11
; ἐκ βίας by force, S.Ph. 563 ; ἐκ δόλου Id.El. 279
; ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητεῖν Pl.R. 499a
: esp. with neut. Adjs., ἐξ ἀγχιμόλοιο, = ἀγχίμολον, Il.24.352 ; ἐκ τοῦ ἐμφανέος Hdt.3.150
; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, Th.4.106, 6.73 ; ἐκ προδήλου S.El. 1429
; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, Id.Tr. 485, Th.2.3 ; ἐξ ἀέλπτου Hdt.1.111
, etc.: with fem. Adj., ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης Id.3.127
; ἐκ νέης Id.5.116
; ἐξ ὑστέρης Id.6.85
; ἐκ τῆς ἀντίης Id.8.6
; ἐκ καινῆς Th.3.92
; ἐξ ἑκουσίας S.Tr. 727
; ἐκ ταχείας ib. 395.

9 of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, E.Or. 1178, Pl.Grg. 500a, Smp. 213b ; distributively, apiece, Ath.15.671b.

b of Price, ἐξ ὀκτὼ ὀβολῶν SIG2587.206
; ἐκ τριῶν δραχμῶν ib.283 ; συμφωνήσας ἐκ δηναρίου Ev.Matt.20.2
.

c of Weight, ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου Inscr.Prien.362
(iv B.C.).

d of Space, θινώδης ὢν ὁ τόπος ἐξ εἴκοσι σταδίων by the space of twenty stades, Str.8.3.19.

B ἐκ is freq. separated from its CASE, Il.11.109, etc.—It takes an accent in anastrophe, 14.472, Od.17.518.—[dialect] Ep. use it with Advbs. in -θεν, ἐξ οὐρανόθεν, ἐξ ἁλόθεν, ἐξ Αἰσύμηθεν, Il.17.548, 21.335, 8.304 ; ἐκ Διόθεν Hes.Op. 765
; ἐκ πρῴρηθεν Theoc.22.11
.—It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ.

C IN COMPOS. the sense of removal prevails ; out, away, off.

2 to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος.

D As ADVERB, therefrom, Il.18.480.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐκ
12 μετά

μετά [[pron. full] ᾰ, but [pron. full] ᾱ in S.Ph. 184 (s. v. l., lyr.)], poet. [full] μεταί, dub., only in μεταιβολία; [dialect] Aeol., [dialect] Dor., Arc. πεδά (q.v.): Prep. with gen., dat., and acc. (Cf. Goth.

A mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.)

A WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, q.v.),

I in the midst of, among, between, with pl. Nouns, μετ' ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων Od.10.320
; μ. δμώων πῖνε καὶ ἦσθε 16.140
; τῶν μέτα παλλόμενος Il.24.400
; πολλῶν μ. δούλων A.Ag. 1037
; μ. ζώντων εἶναι S.Ph. 1312
; ὅτων οἰκεῖς μέτα Id.OT 414
; μ. τῶν θεῶν διάγουσα Pl.Phd. 81a
(but κεῖσθαι μ. τινός with one, S.Ant.73): sts. the pl. is implied, μετ' οὐδενὸς ἀνδρῶν ναίειν, i.e. among no men, Id.Ph. 1103 (lyr.), etc.

II in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν) , μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο Il.13.700
, cf. 21.458; συνδιεπολέμησαν τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων IG12.108.7
; μ. ξυμμάχων ξυγκινδυνεύσειν Th.8.24
, cf. 6.79, etc.; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, IG12.91.10: in this sense freq. (not in ll., Od., Pi., rare in early Gr.) with sg., μετ' Ἀθηναίης with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, h.Hom. 20.2; μ. εἷο Hes.Th. 392
; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, A.Pr. 1067 (anap.), S.Ant.70; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, Th.3.56; μ. τοῦ ἠδικημένου ἔσεσθαι X.Cyr.2.4.7
; μ. τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου Pl.Ap. 32b
: generally, with, together with, with Subst. in sg. first in Hdt. (in whom it is rare exc. in the phrase οἱ μ. τινός, v. infr.), as κοιμᾶσθαι μ. τινός 3.68
, Timocl.22.2; εὕδειν μ. τινός Hdt.3.84
; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, Id.1.86, al., Pl.Prt. 315b: freq. with Prons., μετ' αὐτοῦ S. Ant.73
; μετ' ἐμοῦ Ar.Ach. 661
(anap.), etc.: less freq. of things, στέγη πυρὸς μ. S.Ph. 298
; μ. κιθάρας E.IA 1037
(lyr.); μ. τυροῦ Ar.Eq. 771
, etc.; τὴν δίαιταν μεθ' ὅπλων ἐποιήσαντο Th.1.6
, cf. E.Or. 573; ὄχλος μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Ev.Matt.26.47
: indicating community of action and serving to join two subjects, Κλεομένης μετὰ Ἀθηναίων C. and the Athenians, Th.1.126: with pl. Verb, Δημοσθένης μ. τῶν ξυστρατήγων σπένδονται Id.3.109
, etc.; of things, in conjunction with, ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας Pl.R. 591b
; γῆρας μ. πενίας ib. 330a.

III later, in one's dealings with, ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ' αὐτῶν Act.Ap. 14.27
; ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος μετ' αὐτοῦ Ev.Luc.10.36
; τί ἡμῖν συνέβη μ. τῶν ἀρχόντων PAmh.2.135.15
(ii A.D.): even of hostile action, σὺ ποιεῖς μετ' ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν LXX Jd.11.27
, cf. 15.3; πολεμῆσαι μ. τινός Apoc.12.7
, cf. Apollod.Poliorc.190.4 codd. (but μ. may be a gloss), Wilcken Chr.23.10 (v A.D.), OGI201.3 (Nubia, vi A. D.): to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner, τὸ ἄπραγμον.. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον Th.2.63
, etc.; ἱκετεῦσαι μ. δακρύων Pl.Ap. 34c
; οἴκτου μέτα S.OC 1636
; μετ' ἀσφαλείας μὲν δοξάζομεν, μετὰ δέους δὲ.. ἐλλείπομεν Th.1.120
, cf. IG22.791.12; μ. ῥυθμοῦ βαίνοντες Th.5.70
; ὅσα μετ' ἐλπίδων λυμαίνεται ib. 103, etc.; ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ' ἀληθείας Pl.Grg. 526c
, cf. Phdr. 249a, 253d; also, by means of, μετ' ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν X.Mem. 3.5.8
; γράφε μ. μέλανος PMag.Lond.121.226
.

2 serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, Th.2.15; ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι Pl.Phdr. 255b
.

IV rarely of Time, μ. τοῦ γυμνάζεσθαι ἠλείψαντο, for ἅμα, Th.1.6; μετ' ἀνοκωχῆς during.., Id.5.25.

B WITH DAT., only poet., mostly [dialect] Ep.:

I between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly = ἐν, which is sts. exchanged with it, μ. πρώτοισι.. ἐν πυμάτοισι Il.11.64
:

1 of persons, among, in company with, μετ' ἀθανάτοισι Il.1.525
; μετ' ἀνθρώποις B.5.30
; μ. κόραισι Νηρῆος Pi.O.2.29
; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), Il.1.252; of haranguing an assembly, μετ' Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις 10.250
, etc.; between, of two parties, φιλότητα μετ' ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν 4.16
.

2 of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, 13.668, 22.28, Od.3.91; δεινὸν δ' ἐστὶ θανεῖν μ. κύμασιν Hes. Op. 687
; χαῖται δ' ἐρρώοντο μ. πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο Il.23.367
; αἰετὼ.. ἐπέτοντο μ. π. ἀ. Od.2.148
.

3 of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 184, S. Ph. 1110 (lyr.), etc.; τὸν μ. χ. ἐρύσατο Il.5.344
; ὅς κεν.. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', 19.110; so μ. γένυσσιν, γαμφηλῇσιν, 11.416, 13.200; μ. φρεσί 4.245
, etc.

II to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, Od.9.335, cf. Il.3.188; Οὖτιν.. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, Od.9.369, cf. A.Pers. 613, Theoc.1.39, 17.84.

III c. dat. sg., only of collect. Nouns (or the equivalent of such, μεθ' αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν Il.15.118
), μ. στροφάλιγγι κονίης 21.503
; στρατῷ 22.49
; μ. πρώτῃ ἀγορῇ 19.50
, etc.; μετ' ἀνδρῶν.. ἀριθμῷ Od.11.449
; μετ' ἄλλῳ λαῷ A.Ch. 365
(lyr.).

C WITH ACCUS.,

I of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, esp. where a number of persons is implied, ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς Il.3.264
; μ. φῦλα θεῶν 15.54
, cf. Od.3.366, al.; μ. μῶλον Ἄρηος Il.16.245
; μ. λαὸν Ἀχαιών 5.573
, al.; μ. στρατόν, μεθ' ὅμιλον, μεθ' ὁμήγυριν, 5.589, 14.21, 20.142: so of birds, ὥς τ' αἰγυπιὸς μ. χῆνας (though this may be referred to signf. 2), 17.460; of things, εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας 12.123
; με μ... ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, 2.376; of place, μ. τ' ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων 6.511
; δράγματα μετ' ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, 18.552.

2 in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sts. in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ' ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek Nestor, Il.10.73, cf. 15.221: sts. in hostile sense, βῆναι μ. τινά to go after, pursue him, 5.152, 6.21, al.; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, Od.1.184; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, 2.308, cf. 13.415; οἴχονται μ. δεῖπνον Il.19.346
; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, 20.329; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ' ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, 7.418, cf. 420; μ. δούρατος ᾤχετ' ἐρωήν 11.357
; μ. γὰρ δόρυ ᾔει οἰσόμενος 13.247
.

II of sequence or succession,

1 of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ', ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, Il.13.492, cf. Od.6.260, 21.190, h.Ven.69; ἔσχατοι μ. Κύνητας οἰκέουσι Hdt.4.49
; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, Theo Sm.p.122 H.

2 of Time, after, next to, μ. δαῖτας Od.22.352
; μεθ' Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, Il.18.96; μ. Πάτροκλόν γε θανόντα 24.575
, cf. Hdt. 1.34; μετ' εὐχάν A.Ag. 231
(lyr.), etc.;
μ. ταῦτα
thereupon, there-after, h.Merc.126
, etc.; τὸ μ. ταῦτα Pl.Phlb. 34c
; τὸ μ. τοῦτο Id.Criti. 120a
; μετ' ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, Id.Lg. 646c; μ. μικρόν Luc. Demon.8
; μ. ἡμέρας τρεῖς μ. τὴν ἄφεδρον Dsc.2.19
; μ. ἔτη δύο J.BJ 1.13.1
; μ. τρίτον ἔτος Thphr.HP4.2.8
; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, h.Merc. 326: but μετ' ἡμέρην by day, opp. νυκτός, Hdt.2.150, cf. Pl.Phdr. 251e, etc.; μεθ' ἡμέραν, opp. νύκτωρ, E.Ba. 485; μ. νύκτας Pi.N.6.6
; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, Pl.Lg. 794c.

3 in order of Worth, Rank, etc., next after, following [comp] Sup., κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ.. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ' ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα Il.2.674
, cf. 7.228, 12.104, Od.2.350, Hdt.4.53, X.Cyr.7.2.11, etc.; κοῦροι οἳ.. ἀριστεύουσι μεθ' ἡμέας Od.4.652
, cf. Isoc.9.18: where [comp] Sup. is implied, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε.. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον Il.16.195
, cf. 17.280, 351; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, A.Th. 1080 (anap.); also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many.., Philostr.Her.6.

III after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, Il.15.52; μετ' ἀνέρος ἴχνι' ἐρευνῶν 18.321
; μετ' ἴχνια βαῖνε Od.2.406
.

IV generally, among, between, as with dat. (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, Il.9.54, cf. Od.16.419; μ. πληθύν Il.2.143
; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, PLond.2.260.87 (i A.D.); μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν Hdt.7.16
. β', Th.1.138, POxy.901.9 (iv A.D.), cf. X.Ages.2.14, etc.

D μετά with all cases can be put after its Subst., and is then by anastrophe μέτα, Il.13.301, but not when the ult. is elided, 17.258, Od.15.147.

E abs. as ADV., among them, with them, Il.2.446, 477, etc.; with him, οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα A.R.3.115
.

II and then, next afterwards, opp. πρόσθε, Il.23.133.

III thereafter, 15.67, Hdt.1.88, 128, 150, A.Ag. 759 (lyr.), etc.; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, Od.15.400; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, Hdt.1.19, Luc.DMort.9.2, etc.

F μέτα, -μέτεστι, Od.21.93, Parm.9.4, Hdt.1.88, 171, S.Ant. 48,etc.

G IN COMPOS.:

I of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usu. c. gen. rei.

2 of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc., c. dat. pers.

II in the midst of, of space or time, as in μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1
; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον.

III of succession of time, as in μεταδόρπιος 2
, μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα.

IV of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι.

V of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων.

VI after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opp. πρόσθε.

VII reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω.

VIII most freq. of change of place, condition, plan, etc., as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μετά
13 ἀνά

ἀνά [ ᾰνᾰ], [dialect] Aeol., Thess., Arc., Cypr. [full] ὀν, Prep. governing gen., dat., and acc. By apocope ἀνά becomes ἄν before dentals, as ἂν τὸν ὀδελόν; ἄγ before gutturals, as ἂγ γύαλα; ἄμ before labials, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι, ἂμ πέτραις, etc.;

A ἀμπεπλεγμένας IG5(2).514.10
(Arc.).

A WITH GEN., three times in Od., in phrase ἀνὰ νηὸς βαίνειν go on board ship, 2.416, 9.177, 15.284; ἂν τοῦ τοίχου, τᾶς ὁδοῦ, τοῦ ῥοειδίου, IG14.352i40, ii 15,83 ([place name] Halaesa).

B WITH DAT., on, upon, without any notion of motion, [dialect] Ep., Lyr., and Trag. (only lyr.), ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ upon the sceptre, Il.1.15, Pi.P. 1.6; ἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
; ἀνὰ σκολόπεσσι 18.177
; ἀνὰ Γαργάρῳ ἄκρῳ 15.152
; ἀνὰ ὤμῳ upon the shoulder, Od.11.128; ἀν ἵπποις, i. e. in a chariot, Pi.O.1.41; ἂμ πέτραις A.Supp. 351
(lyr.); ἀνά τε ναυσὶν καὶ σὺν ὅπλοις E.IA 754
; ἂγ Κόσσῳ GDI1365
([place name] Epirus).

C WITH ACCUS., the comm. usage, implying motion upwards:

I of Place, up, from bottom to top, up along, κίον' ἀν' ὑψηλὴν ἐρύσαι Od.22.176
; ἀνὰ μέλαθρον up to, ib. 239; [φλὲψ] ἀνὰ νῶτα θέουσα διαμπερὲς αὐχέν' ἱκάνει Il.13.547
; ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν Hdt.2.96
; ἂν ῥόον up-stream, GDI5016.11 ([place name] Gortyn); κρῆς ἂν τὸν ὀδελὸν ἐμπεπαρμένον Ar.Ach. 796
([place name] Megarian); simply, along, ἂν τὼς ὄρως Tab.Heracl.2.32
.

2 up and down, throughout, ἀνὰ δῶμα Il.1.570
; ἀνὰ στρατόν, ἄστυ, ὅμιλον, ib. 384, Od.8.173, etc.; ἂγ γύαλα A.Supp. 550
(lyr.); ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Μηδικήν, ἀνὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, Hdt.1.96, 2.135, etc.; ὀν τὸ μέσσον Alc. 18.3
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινόν in the darkness, Th.3.22.

3 metaph., ἀνὰ θυμὸν φρονέειν, ἀνὰ στόμα ἔχειν, to have continually in the mind, in the mouth, Il.2.36, 250; ἀν' Αἰγυπτίους ἄνδρας among them, Od.14.286; ἀνὰ πρώτους εἶναι to be among the first, Hdt.9.86.

II of Time, throughout, ἀνὰ νύκτα all night through, Il.14.80; ἀνὰ τὰς προτέρας ἡμέρας Hdt.7.223
; ἀνὰ τὸν πόλεμον 8.123
; ἀνὰ χρόνον in course of time, 1.173, 2.151, 5.27; ἀνὰ μέσσαν ἀκτῖνα (i. e. in the south) S.OC 1247.

2 distributively, ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν day by day, Hdt.2.37, 130, etc.; ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος 1.136
, etc.; ἀνὰ πάντα ἔτεα 8.65
: also ἀνὰ πρεσβύτᾱτα in order of age, Test.Epict.4.28.

III distributively with Numerals, κρέα εἴκοσιν ἀν' ἡμιωβολιαῖα 20
pieces of meat at half an obol each, Ar.Ra. 554; τῶν ἀν' ὀκτὼ τὠβολοῦ that sell 8 for the obol, Timocl. 18; ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας [they marched] at the rate of 5 parasangs a day, X.An.4.6.4; ἔστησαν ἀνὰ ἑκατόν μάλιστα ὥσπερ χοροί they stood in bodies of about 100 men each. ib.5.4.12; κλισίας ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα companies at the rate of 50 in each, Ev.Luc.9.14; ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius apiece, Ev. Matt.20.10; in doctor's prescriptions, ἀνὰ ὀβολὼ β Sor.1.63
, etc.: also
ἀνὰ δύο ἥμισυ ζῳδίων
amounting to
2
1/2 signs, Autol.1.10; multiplied by, PPetr.3p.198.

IV Phrases: ἀνὰ κράτος up to the full strength, i. e. vigorously, ἀνὰ κράτος φεύγειν, ἀπομάχεσθαι, X.Cyr.4.2.30, 5.3.12; ἀνὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον and
ἀνὰ λόγον
proportionately, Pl.Phd. 110d
; esp. in math. sense, Id.Ti. 37a, Arist.APo. 85a38, etc.; ἀνὰ μέσον in the midst, Antiph.13, Men.531.19;
ἀνὰ μέρος
by turns, Arist.Pol. 1287n17
.

D WITH NOM. of Numerals, etc., distributively, Apoc.21.21, v. l. in Sor.1.11, 12, cf. Orib.Fr.50,54.

E WITHOUT CASE as Adv., thereupon, Hom. and other Poets:— and with the notion of spreading all over a space, throughout, all over, μέλανες δ' ἀνὰ βότρυες ἦσαν all over there were clusters, Il.18.562, cf. Od.24.343:—but ἀνά often looks like an Adv. in Hom., where really it is only parted from its Verb by tmesis, ἀνὰ δ' ἔσχετο; ἀνὰ δ' ὦρτο (for ἀνῶρτο δέ) ; ἀνὰ τεύχε' ἀείρας (for τεύχεα ἀναείρας), etc.

F IN COMPOS.

1 as in C. 1, up to, upwards, up, opp. κατά, as ἀνα-βαίνω, -βλέπω, ἀν-αιρέω, -ίστημι: poet. sts. doubled, ἀν' ὀρσοθύρην ἀναβαίνειν Od.22.132
.

2 hence flows the sense of increase or strengthening, as in ἀνακρίνω; though it cannot always be translated, as in Homer's ἀνείρομαι:—in this case opp. ὑπό.

3 from the notion throughout (E), comes that of repetition and improvement, as in ἀνα-βλαστάνω, -βιόω, -γεννάω.

4 the notion of back, backwards, in ἀναχωρέω, ἀνανεύω, etc., seems to come from such phrases as ἀνὰ ῥόον up, i. e. against, the stream.

G ἄνα, written with anastr. as Adv., up! arise! ἀλλ' ἄνα Il.6.331
, Od.18.13:—in this sense the ult. is never elided; cf. ἀλλ' ἄνα, εἰ μέμονάς γε Il.9.247
; ἀλλ' ἄνα ἐξ ἑδράνων S.Aj. 194
.

2 apocop. ἄν after ὤρνυτο, ὦρτο, and up stood.. arose, Il.3.268, 23.837, etc.

3 when used as Prep. ἀνά never suffers anastrophe.

------------------------------------

ἄνα (B), ἡ,

A = ἄνυσις, Alcm.23.83, Call.Jov.90; cf. ἄνη.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀνά
14 ἐν

ἐν, poet. [full] ἐνί, [full] εἰν, [full] εἰνί (Il.8.199, etc.), forms used by [dialect] Ep. and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as f.l. in Trag.,

A εἰν S.Ant. 1241
; εἰνί E.Heracl. 893
: Arc. and Cypr. [full] ἰν IG5(2).3.5, al., Inscr.Cypr.135.9 H., al.

0-0PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into.

A WITH DAT.

I OF PLACE,

1 in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ Od.1.50
; ἐν δώμασ' ἐμοῖσιν Il.6.221
; ἐνὶ προθύροισιν 11.777
; κοίλῃσ' ἐνὶ νηυσί Od.2.27
; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, Il.2.549, 162; ἡ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ ναυμαχία Th.1.57
; ἡ ἐν Σαλαμῖνι μάχη Isoc.5.147
(but in [dialect] Att. the Prep.is sts.omitted, as with Ἐλευσῖνι, Μαραθῶνι; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of.., ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι IG22.1028.11
, ἐμ Μαραθῶνι ib.1243.21): ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῇσι in my arms, Il.22.426; ἐνὶ θυμῷ Od.16.331
, etc.; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ' ἐν σαυτῷ (v.l. - τοῦ) γενοῦ S.Ph. 950
; also ἐν αὑτοῦ, cf. signf. 2.

b ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, Antiph.125; ἐν τῷ μύρῳ Ar.Eq. 1375
; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, D.18.28.

2 elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο Od.7.132
, cf.Leg.Gort.2.21, etc.; εἰν Ἀΐδαο Il.22.389
, [dialect] Att. ἐν Ἅιδου (v. Ἅιδης): later ἐν τοῖς τινός PRev.Laws 38.1
(iii B. C.), Ev.Luc.2.49; ἐν ἡμετέρου Hdt.1.35
, 7.8.
δ'; ἐμ Πανδίονος IG22.1138.8
; ἐν Δημοτιωνιδῶν ib.2.841b21; ἐν τῶν πόλεων ib. 12.56.14: mostly with pr.n., but sts. with Appellatives, as, ἐν ἀφνειοῦ πατρός Il.6.47
; ἐν ἀνδρὸς εὐσεβεστάτου E.IA 926
; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of.., Ar.Nu. 973, Pl.Tht. 206a; ἐν γειτόνων (v. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ ( αὑτῷ cod. Rav.) Ar.V. 642, cf. Men.Sam. 125; οὐκέτ' ἐν ἐμαυτοῦ ἦν Pl.Chrm. 155d
; ἐν ὑμῶν αὐτῶν γένεσθε Lib.Or. 35.15
.

3 in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι Il.15.192
; after Hom., of clothing, armour, etc., ἐν ἐσθῆτι Hdt.2.159
; ἐν πεπλώματι S.Tr. 613
; ἐν ἔντεσι Pi.O.4.24
; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, Hdt.1.13, etc.; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc., equipped with them, dub.in X.Mem.3.9.2; ἐν μαχαίρῃ PTeb. 16.14
(ii B. C.); ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν X. Cyr.2.3.14
; ἐν βαθεῖ πώγωνι Luc.Salt.5
.

4 on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ Il. 18.521
, Od.5.466; ἐν ὄρεσσιν 19.205
; οὔρεος ἐν κορυφῇς Il.2.456
; ἐν θρόνοις Od.8.422
; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, Il.15.463; ἐν [ξίφει] ἧλοι 11.29
; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft, 13.608; ἐν πέτροισι πέτρον ἐκτρίβων S.Ph. 296
; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, prob. in Call.Epigr.23, Luc.Dem.Enc.15.

5 in the number of, amongst, freq.in Hom., ἐν Δαναοῖσι, προμάχοισι, μέσσοισιν, νεκύεσσι, Il.1.109, 3.31, 7.384, Od. 12.383, al.; οἴη ἐν ἀθανάτοισιν Il. 1.398
; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ' ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ' 13.689
; ἀνδράσιν ἐν πολλοῖσι.. ἀνάσσων Od.19.110
; φῦλον ἐν ἀνθρώποισι ματαιότατον Pi.P.3.21
; ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοισιν ἀνὴρ χρηστός S.Ant. 661
; ἐν γυναιξὶν ἄλκιμος E.Or. 754
:—for ἐν τοῖς c. [comp] Sup., V. ὁ.

b in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι Od.2.194
; πτωχὸς ὢν ἐν ἐσθλοῖσιν λέγειν E.Fr. 703
; λέγοντες ἐν τῷ δήμῳ Pl.R. 565b
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσι Th.2.36
; ἔλεγον ἐν τοῖς τριάκοντα Lys.12.6
; ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις εἰπεῖν Isoc.3.21
; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) Lys.32.11; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, Pl.Grg. 464d, Lg. 916b; προὐκαλούμην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικασταῖς Antipho6.23
.

6 in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ' ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι Il.7.102
; δύναμις γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν Od.10.69
(comp. the Homeric phrases θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται Il.17.514
; ἐν γὰρ χερσὶ τέλος πολέμου 16.630
); freq. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att., ἔστιν ἔν τινι, c. inf., it depends on him to.., rests with him to.., ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ.. ἤ.. Hdt.6.109
, cf. 3.85, etc.; ταῦτα δ' ἐν τῷ δαίμονι καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἁτέρᾳ S.OC 1443
; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314
; ἐν σοὶ δ' ἐσμὲν καὶ ζῆν καὶ μή E.Alc. 278
; ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὰ πράγματα ἐγένετο Th.1.74
; ἐν τῷ θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν, οὐκ ἐμοί D.18.193
; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, Pl.Prt. 354e; ἐν τούτῳ λύεται ἡ ἀπορία ἢ ἄλλοθι οὐδαμοῦ ib. 321e; ἔν γ' ἐμοί so far as rests with me, S.OC 153 (lyr.); ἐν δὲ σοὶ λελείψομαι E.Hipp. 324
; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, S.OC 1214 (lyr.); ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, Id.Ant. 925.

7 in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ' ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα Il.23.671
; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age.., S. OT 1112; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, Id.Aj. 1315; ἐν θανοῦσιν ὑβριστής ib. 1092; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις Pl.La. 190d; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, Id.Ap. 28b.

8 in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, Il.4.482, etc.; βάλον ἐν κονίῃσι 5.588
; νηῒ δ' ἐνὶ πρύμνῃ ἔναρα θῆκ' 10.570
; ἐν χερσὶ τιθέναι 1.441
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶ βαλεῖν 5.574
; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν ib. 513; ἐν Τρωσὶν ὄρουσαν 16.258
; ἐν χερσὶ πεσέειν 6.81
; λέων ἐν βουσὶ θορών 5.161
; ἐν δ' οἶνον ἔχευεν ἐν δέπαϊ χρυσέῳ Od.20.261
; ἐν τεύχεσσιν ἔδυνον Il.23.131
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων S.Aj. 184
(lyr.), cf. 374 (lyr.); ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς Th.7.87
; ἡ ἐν τῷ Σπειραίῳ τῶν νεῶν καταφυγή Id.8.11
; ἐν τόπῳ καταπεφευγέναι Pl.Sph. 260c
; ἐν ᾅδου διαπορευθείς Id.Lg. 905b
; ῥιπτοῦντες σφᾶς ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ Arr.An.1.19.4
; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ Paus.7.4.3
, cf. LXX To.5.5, Arr.Epict.1.11.32, etc.: τὸν ἐν Σικελίᾳ πλοῦν is f.l. in Lys. 19.43 codd.

9 πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, Luc.DDeor. 6.2; ἐν ἀργύρῳ πίνειν Id.Merc.Cond.26
; ἐν μικροῖς D.L.1.104
.

10 ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, Plu.2.260a; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, PPetr.1p.37, PTeb.120.125 (i B. C.).

11 in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the Il. describing this, Th.1.9, cf. Pl.Tht. 147c, Phlb. 33b.

II OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION:

1 of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ Od.10.553
; ἐν δαιτί Il.4.259
; ἐν καρὸς αἴσῃ 9.378
; ἐν μοίρῃ Od.22.54
; οὑμὸς ἐν φάει βίος E.Ph. 1281
; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to.., S.OT 1016; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, Pl.Phd. 59a, cf. R. 489b; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, Hdt.2.82; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, Th.3.28; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, Id.7.73, etc.; τοὺς ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ὄντας Isoc.2.5
; ὁ ἐν ταῖς προσόδοις PPetr.1p.62
; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, S.OT 562.

2 of inward states, of feeling, etc., ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, Il.7.302,9.230; ἐν φόβῳ γενέσθαι Pl.R. 578e
; οὐκ ἐν αἰσχύνῃ τὰ σά E.Ph. 1276
; ἐν σιωπῇ τἀμά Id. Ion 1397
; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, Th.2.21; ἐν ἔριδι εἶναι ibid.; ἐν αἰτίᾳ σχεῖν τινά to blame him, Hdt.5.106; ἐν αἰτίᾳ βαλεῖν S.OT 656
(lyr.); ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, X.Mem. 2.8.9, etc.; οἱ ἐν ταῖς αἰτίαις D.Ep.2.14
.

3 freq. with neut. Adj., ἐν βραχεῖ, = βραχέως, S.El. 673; ἐν τάχει, = ταχέως, Id.OT 765, etc.; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, = καλῶς ἔχει, E.Heracl. 971; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.IT 762; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ ἐστί] Id.Hel. 1227; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.3.154
; ἐν ἴσῳ, = ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ, = ὁμοίως, Th.2.53: less freq. in pl., ἐν ἀργοῖς, = ἀργῶς, S.OT 287; ἐν κενοῖς, = κενῶς, Id.Aj. 971: with a Subst., ἐν δίκᾳ, = δικαίως, opp. παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.O.2.16, cf. S.Tr. 1069, Ar.Eq. 258, Pl.R. 475c, al.; ἦσαν οὐκέτι ὁμοίως ἐν ἡδονῇ ἄρχοντες Th.1.99
, cf. Pl. Epin. 977b.

III OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες Il.7.429
; δῆσαι ἐνὶ δεσμῷ 5.386
, cf. Od.12.54, etc.; but in most cases the orig. sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc.; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα A.Pr. 425
(lyr.); ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα ib. 462; ἔργον ἐν κύβοις Ἄρης κρινεῖ Id.Th. 414
; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, Il.3.306, Od.10.385, etc.; ἔν τε τῇ ὄψει διαγιγνώσκειν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀκοῇ Pl.Tht. 206a
; also ἐν ὠσὶ νωμῶν ὄρνιθας A.Th.25
; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, S.Ph.60; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, ib. 102; ἐν λόγοις by words, A.Ch. 613 (lyr.); ἀπέκτειναν ἐν τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ Lys.13.12
, cf. Antipho 5.59; ψαύειν ἐν κερτομίοις γλώσσαις S.Ant. 961
(lyr.); ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις νόμοις ποιήσαντες τὰς κρίσεις Th.1.77
; esp. with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς X.Cyr.8.7.3
; τὰ πραχθέντα.. ἐν.. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, Th.7.11; ἐν τῇδε ῥάβδῳ πάντα ποιήσεις Ezek.Exag. 132
, cf. PMag.Osl.1.108.

2 of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Ev.Matt.9.34
.

IV OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ Il.16.643
; ἐν νυκτί Hdt.6.69
, X. Smp.1.9; ἐν χρόνῳ μακρῷ S.Ph. 235
, OC88; ἐν τούτῳ (sc. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, Hdt.1.126, etc.; ἐν ᾧ (sc. χρόνῳ) during the time that, S.Tr. 929, etc. (also ἐν οἷς Arist.Mu. 391a2
); ἐν ὅσῳ Th.3.28
; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, X.An.3.1.1; ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ Th.7.73
(but in some phrases the ἐν is omitted, as μυστηρίοις in the course of the mysteries, Ar.Pl. 1013; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of.., Aeschin.3.36).

b ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M., IG7.1773 (Thebes, ii A. D.); ἐν ἄρχοντι Σύλλᾳ ib.3.113.

2 in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ Hdt.1.126
; ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα Th.1.118
; ἐν τρισὶ μησί X.HG1.1.37
, etc.; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, E.Ph. 305 (lyr.); ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς νοσῆσαι Procop.Arc.9.35
.

V OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, D.S.20.74, cf. 19.39, dub. in Th.6.1.

2 with gen. of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων LXX 3 Ki.16.24
.

3 amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις BGU970.14
(ii A. D.), etc.

B WITH Acc., into, on, for, Arc. ἰν, νόμος ἰν ἄματα πάντα IG5
(2).5; γράψαι ἐν χάλκωμα ib.511; ἐν πελτοφόρας ἀπεγράψατο ib.7.210 ([place name] Aegosthenae), etc.; also poet., ἐν πάντα νόμον Pi.P.2.86
.

C WITHOUT CASE, AS ADVERB, in the phrase ἐν δέ..,

1 and therein, Il.9.361; ἐν μέν.. ἐν δέ Od.13.244
.

2 and among them, Il.2.588, etc.; in Hdt., mostly ἐν δὲ δή .. 3.39, 5.95; or ἐν δὲ καί.. 2.43
, 172, 176.

3 and besides, moreover (not in [dialect] Att. Prose), S.Aj. 675, OT 181 (lyr.), al.; ἐν δ' ὑπέρας τε κάλους τε πόδας τ' ἐνέδησεν ἐν αὐτῇ Od.5.260
.

4 ἔνι, = ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι, Il.20.248, etc.

D POSITION: ἐν freq. stands between its Subst. and the Adj. agreeing therewith, Il.22.61, B.5.41, etc.: without an Adj., τῷ δ' ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας Od.12.103
: most freq. in Hom. in the form ἐνί, which is then written by anastrophe ἔνι, Il.7.221, Od.5.57; in Pi. between Subst. and gen., χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος O.13.44
, al.--One or more independent words sts. come between the Prep. and its dat., as in Od.11.115; also in Prose, Hdt.6.69.

E IN COMPOS.,

I with Verbs, the Prep. mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc., c. dat., or folld. by εἰς.. , or ἐν..: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compd., to remark a thing in one.

b also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί.

2 with Adjs., it expresses

a a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather...

b the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc.

II ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ψ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ Χ; ἐλ- before λ; ἐρ- before ρ; rarely ἐς- before ς; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐν
15 παρά

παρά, πάρ (with apocope often before μ, π, δ; also κ, ς, τ, χ, ζ, β; with anastrophe Pae. 22.10)

1 c. acc.,

a to, towards with vb. of motion.
παρ' εὐδείελον ἐλθὼν Κρόνιον O. 1.111

παρὰ Κρόνου τύρσιν O. 2.70

Κρόνιον παρ' ὄχθον O. 9.3

καί κεν ἐν ναυσὶν μόλον Ἀρέθοισαν ἐπὶ κράναν παρ' Αἰτναῖον ξένον P. 3.69

ἰόντι γᾶς ὀμφαλὸν παρ' ἀοίδιμον P. 8.59

οὐδὲ μολόντων πὰρ ματέρ' ἀμφὶ γέλως γλυκὺς ὦρσεν χάριν P. 8.85

ἴτε σὺν Ἡρακλέος ἀριστογόνῳ ματρὶ πὰρ Μελίαν χρυσέων ἐς ἄδυτον τριπόδων θησαυρόν P. 11.4

Κασσάνδραν πόρεὐ Ἀχέροντος ἀκτὰν παρ' εὔσκιον νηλὴς γυνά P. 11.21

σώματα δὲ παρὰ Κρονίδαν Κένταυρον ἀσθμαίνοντα κόμιζεν N. 3.47
ἀφνεὸς πενιχρός τε θανάτου παρὰ σᾶμα νέονται ( πέρας ἅμα coni. Weiseler) N. 7.19
παρὰ μέγαν ὀμφαλὸν εὐρυκόλπου μόλεν χθονός N. 7.33

Κάστορος δ' ἐλθόντος ἐπὶ ξενίαν πὰρ Παμφάη N. 10.49

πατρὸς ἀγλαὸν Τελεσάρχου παρὰ πρόθυρον ἰὼν I. 8.2

Κύ]νθιον παρὰ κρημνόν Pae. 12.8
]παρ' ἁλμυρὸν οἴχεσθον Παρθ. 2. 77.

b beside, by
παρ' Εὐρώτα πόρον O. 6.28
σόν τε, Κασταλία, πάρα /
Ἀλφεοῦ τε ῥέεθρον O. 9.17

τὸν εἶδον κρατέοντα χερὸς ἀλκᾷ βωμὸν παρ' Ὀλύμπιον O. 10.101

χρυσότοξον θέμεναι παρὰ Πύθιον Ἀπόλλωνα θρόνους O. 14.10

Ἀμένα παρ' ὕδωρ P. 1.67

παρὰ δὲ τὰν εὔυδρον ἀκτὰν Ἱμέρα P. 1.79

παρ' ἐμὸν πρόθυρον P. 3.78
“ πὰρ χθόνιον Ἀίδα στόμα” P. 4.43
πὰρ μέσον ὀμφαλὸν P. 4.74

Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἀγλαὸν παρὰ τύμβον N. 4.20

πὰρ βωμὸν πατέρος Ἑλλανίου στάντες N. 5.10
παρὰ Κασταλίαν τε (v. l. Κασταλίᾳ) N. 6.37
θεοῦ παρ' εὐτειχέα δόμον N. 7.46

θαρσαλέα δὲ παρὰ κρατῆρα φωνὰ γίνεται N. 9.49

ἀλλά οἱ παρά τε πυρὰν τάφον θ' Ἑλικώνιαι παρθένοι στάν I. 8.57

Δηρηνὸν Ἀπόλλωνα πάρ τ' Ἀφρο[δίταν Pae. 2.5

χθονὸς ὀμφαλὸν πὰρ σκιάεντα μελπόμεναι Pae. 6.17

γᾶς παῤ ὀμφαλὸν εὐρύν Pae. 6.120
οἵαν Βρομίου [τελε]τὰν καὶ παρὰ σκᾶ[πτ]ον Διὸς Οὐρανίδαι ἐν μεγάροις ἵσταντι Δ. 2.. οἵ τ' ἀργίλοφον πὰρ Ζεφυρίου κολώναν ν[ fr. 140b. 5. Αἰγυπτίαν Μένδητα, πὰρ κρημνὸν θαλάσσας ἔσχατον Νείλου κέρας fr. 201. 1.

c contrary to, against
ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν O. 2.16
“φύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν πολιαὶ θαμάκι παρὰ τὸν ἁλικίας ἐοικότα χρόνον” O. 4.27
μὴ παρὰ καιρὸν O. 8.24

τὸ καυχᾶσθαι παρὰ καιρὸν μανίαισιν ὑποκρέκει O. 9.38

πολλὰ δ' ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν O. 12.10

καὶ τὰν παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κτίσιν O. 13.83
τί κομπέω παρὰ καιρόν; P. 10.4 τὸ δὲ πὰρ δίκαν γλυκὺ πικροτάτα μένει τελευτά. I. 7.47

d past, by

I
παρὰ σκοπὸν οὐ χρὴ τὰ πολλὰ βέλεα καρτύνειν χεροῖν O. 13.94
μαθὼν δέ τις ἀνερεῖ, εἰ πὰρ μέλος ἔρχομαι ψάγιον ὄαρον ἐννέπων (i. e. εἰ λοξὰ καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγω Σ.) N. 7.69 οὐ πὰρ σκοπόν fr. 6a. g. παρὰ ναῦν δ' ἰθύει τάχιστα δελφίς fr. 234.

II met., beyond, exceeding, past
παρ' αἶσαν ἐξερεθίζων P. 8.13

e side by side with, in comparison with
ἓν παρ' ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς ἀθάνατοι P. 3.81
“εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ πὰρ σοφὸν ἀντιφερίξαι, ἐρέω” P. 9.50 σὲ δἐγὼ παρά μιν αἰνέω μέν, Γηρυόνα ( παρ' ἀμὶν v. l. in codd. Aristidis, sed v. Σ ad loc., παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν Ἡρακλέα) fr. 81 ad Δ. 2. παρὰ Λύδιον ἅρμα πεζὸς οἰχνέων fr. 206.

f for the sake of
οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν O. 2.65

g of alternation, Κάστορος βίαν, σέ τε, ἄναξ Πολύδευκες, υἱοὶ θεῶν, τὸ μὲν παρ' ἆμαρ ἕδραισι Θεράπνας, τὸ δ οἰκέοντας ἔνδον Ὀλύμπου every second day P. 11.63

2 c. gen.,

a from of motion from, from beside
ἵκων δ' παῤ εὐηράτων σταθμῶν O. 5.9
“ ἀντρόθε γὰρ νέομαι πὰρ Χαρικλοῦς καὶ Φιλύρας” P. 4.103
κωμάσομεν παρ' Ἀπόλλωνος Σικυωνόθε, Μοῖσαι, τὰν νεοκτίσταν ἐς Αἴτναν N. 9.1
Θέμιν ὠκεανοῦ παρὰ παγᾶν Μοῖραι ἆγον fr. 30. 2.

b from without motion,

I
παρὰ πατρὸς εὔδοξον Ἱπποδάμειαν σχεθέμεν O. 1.70

ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν μισθόν P. 1.76

εἴ τι καὶ φλαῦρον παραιθύσσει μέγα τοι φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν P. 1.88

χρὴ τὰ ἐοικότα πὰρ δαιμόνων μαστευέμεν P. 3.59

εὖχος ἤδη παρὰ Πυθιάδος ἵπποις ἑλών P. 5.21

II of place of origin. συμβαλεῖν δ' εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἷμ ἀπὸ Σπάρτας, καὶ παῤ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοᾶν κεκραμένον ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος (Bergk: ῥοὰν codd.) N. 11.36

c πὰρ ποδός, at
γνόντα τὸ πὰρ ποδὸς P. 3.60

τῶν δ' ἕκαστος ὀρούει, τυχών κεν ἁρπαλέαν σχέθοι φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός P. 10.62

3 c. dat.

a beside, by of place.
παρ' Ἀλφεῷ O. 1.20

πὰρ ποδί O. 1.74

παρὰ βωμῷ O. 1.93

παρ' Ἀλφειῷ O. 7.15

παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ O. 7.17

πὰρ Κρόνου λόφῳ O. 8.17

ἀρχαίῳ σάματι πὰρ Πέλοπος O. 10.24

παρ' εὐκλέι Δίρκᾳ O. 10.85

συγγόνῳ παρ' ἑστίᾳ O. 12.14

ὁμιλέων παρ' οἰκείαις ἀρούραις O. 12.19

κόλποις παρ' εὐδόξοις Πίσας O. 14.23

παρὰ Βοιβιάδος κρημνοῖσιν P. 3.34
“ Καφισοῦ παρ' ὄχθαις” P. 4.46 παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ ναίοισι πόλι Χαρίτων ( καλλίχορον πόλιν Theon) P. 12.26 παρὰ μὲν ὑψιμέδοντι Παρνασσῷ (Tricl.: πὰρ codd.) N. 2.19
Παλίου δὲ πὰρ ποδί N. 4.54
[ παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ τε (v. l. Κασταλίαν) N. 6.37]
τὸ δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ ναὸς ἑλισσόμενον αἰεὶ κυμάτων N. 6.55

Κρονίου πὰρ τεμένει N. 6.61

παρὰ πεζοβόαις ἵπποις τε N. 9.34

Ἥβα τελείᾳ παρὰ ματέρι βαίνοισ N. 10.18
( χαλκὸν)
Λύκαιον πὰρ Διὸς θῆκε δρόμῳ N. 10.48

ἁμέραν τὰν μὲν παρὰ πατρὶ φίλῳ Δὶ νέμονται N. 10.55

παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ καὶ παρ' εὐδένδρῳ μολὼν ὄχθῳ Κρόνου N. 11.24

ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν καὶ πὰρ Εὐρώτᾳ πέλας I. 1.29

Καίκου παρ' ὄχθαις I. 5.42

παρ' εὐτειχέσιν Κάδμου πύλαις I. 6.76

παρὰ καλλιρόῳ Δίρκᾳ I. 8.19

Ζηνὶ μισγομέναν ἢ Διὸς παρ' ἀδελφεοῖσιν I. 8.35
ποτίκολλον ἅτε ξύλον παρὰ ξύλῳ fr. 241.

b in the presence of,

I with, by the side of, among
παρὰ μὲν τιμίοις θεῶν O. 2.65

ἀκίνδυνοι δ' ἀρεταὶ οὔτε παῤ ἀνδράσιν οὔτ ἐν ναυσὶ κοίλαις τίμιαι O. 6.10

Μοῖσα, καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει κελαδῆσαι πίθεό μοι P. 1.58

εὐμενέσσι γὰρ παρὰ Κρονίδαις P. 2.25

παρὰ τυραννίδι P. 2.87

καὶ θεοὶ δαίσαντο παρ' ἀμφοτέροις P. 3.93

σάμερον μὲν χρή σε παρ' ἀνδρὶ φίλῳ στᾶμεν P. 4.1

παρὰ ματρὶ μένειν P. 4.186

Κόλχοισιν βίαν μεῖξαν Αἰήτᾳ παρ' αὐτῷ P. 4.213
( Ὑπερβορέων),
παρ' οἷς ποτε Περσεὺς ἐδαίσατο λαγέτας P. 10.31

γάμον δαίσαντα πὰρ Δὶ Κρονίδᾳ N. 1.72

νῦν δὲ παρ' Αἰγιόχῳ κάλλιστον ὄλβον ἀμφέπων ναίει I. 4.58
σεμνᾷ μὲν κατάρχει Ματέρι πὰρ μεγάλᾳ ῥόμβοι τυπάνων Δ. 2.. παρὰ δέ σφισιν εὐανθὴς ἅπας τέθαλεν ὄλβος i. e. in their country Θρ. 7. 7.

II met., with καλός τοι πίθων παρὰ παισίν, αἰεὶ καλός in the opinion of P. 2.72 κοινᾶνι παρ' εὐθυτάτῳ γνώμαν πιθών, πάντα ἰσάντι νόῳ in the judgement of P. 3.28
αἰὼν δ' ἀσφαλὴς οὔτ ἔγεντ οὔτ Αἰακίδᾳ παρὰ Πηλεῖ οὔτε παῤ ἀντιθέῳ Κάδμῳ P. 3.87

4

a in tmesis. “ παρά τις ἔτρεψεν ἄμμι θεός” (v. παρατρέπω) I. 8.10

b fragg.
τὶν μὲν [πά]ρ μιν[ ] ἐμὶν δὲ πὰ[ρ] κείνοι[ς Πα. 1. 1 ]ν πάρα Pae. 22.9
νέ]μομαι παρὰ[ fr. 215b. 9.

Lexicon to Pindar > παρά
16 πάρ

παρά, πάρ (with apocope often before μ, π, δ; also κ, ς, τ, χ, ζ, β; with anastrophe Pae. 22.10)

1 c. acc.,

a to, towards with vb. of motion.
παρ' εὐδείελον ἐλθὼν Κρόνιον O. 1.111

παρὰ Κρόνου τύρσιν O. 2.70

Κρόνιον παρ' ὄχθον O. 9.3

καί κεν ἐν ναυσὶν μόλον Ἀρέθοισαν ἐπὶ κράναν παρ' Αἰτναῖον ξένον P. 3.69

ἰόντι γᾶς ὀμφαλὸν παρ' ἀοίδιμον P. 8.59

οὐδὲ μολόντων πὰρ ματέρ' ἀμφὶ γέλως γλυκὺς ὦρσεν χάριν P. 8.85

ἴτε σὺν Ἡρακλέος ἀριστογόνῳ ματρὶ πὰρ Μελίαν χρυσέων ἐς ἄδυτον τριπόδων θησαυρόν P. 11.4

Κασσάνδραν πόρεὐ Ἀχέροντος ἀκτὰν παρ' εὔσκιον νηλὴς γυνά P. 11.21

σώματα δὲ παρὰ Κρονίδαν Κένταυρον ἀσθμαίνοντα κόμιζεν N. 3.47
ἀφνεὸς πενιχρός τε θανάτου παρὰ σᾶμα νέονται ( πέρας ἅμα coni. Weiseler) N. 7.19
παρὰ μέγαν ὀμφαλὸν εὐρυκόλπου μόλεν χθονός N. 7.33

Κάστορος δ' ἐλθόντος ἐπὶ ξενίαν πὰρ Παμφάη N. 10.49

πατρὸς ἀγλαὸν Τελεσάρχου παρὰ πρόθυρον ἰὼν I. 8.2

Κύ]νθιον παρὰ κρημνόν Pae. 12.8
]παρ' ἁλμυρὸν οἴχεσθον Παρθ. 2. 77.

b beside, by
παρ' Εὐρώτα πόρον O. 6.28
σόν τε, Κασταλία, πάρα /
Ἀλφεοῦ τε ῥέεθρον O. 9.17

τὸν εἶδον κρατέοντα χερὸς ἀλκᾷ βωμὸν παρ' Ὀλύμπιον O. 10.101

χρυσότοξον θέμεναι παρὰ Πύθιον Ἀπόλλωνα θρόνους O. 14.10

Ἀμένα παρ' ὕδωρ P. 1.67

παρὰ δὲ τὰν εὔυδρον ἀκτὰν Ἱμέρα P. 1.79

παρ' ἐμὸν πρόθυρον P. 3.78
“ πὰρ χθόνιον Ἀίδα στόμα” P. 4.43
πὰρ μέσον ὀμφαλὸν P. 4.74

Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἀγλαὸν παρὰ τύμβον N. 4.20

πὰρ βωμὸν πατέρος Ἑλλανίου στάντες N. 5.10
παρὰ Κασταλίαν τε (v. l. Κασταλίᾳ) N. 6.37
θεοῦ παρ' εὐτειχέα δόμον N. 7.46

θαρσαλέα δὲ παρὰ κρατῆρα φωνὰ γίνεται N. 9.49

ἀλλά οἱ παρά τε πυρὰν τάφον θ' Ἑλικώνιαι παρθένοι στάν I. 8.57

Δηρηνὸν Ἀπόλλωνα πάρ τ' Ἀφρο[δίταν Pae. 2.5

χθονὸς ὀμφαλὸν πὰρ σκιάεντα μελπόμεναι Pae. 6.17

γᾶς παῤ ὀμφαλὸν εὐρύν Pae. 6.120
οἵαν Βρομίου [τελε]τὰν καὶ παρὰ σκᾶ[πτ]ον Διὸς Οὐρανίδαι ἐν μεγάροις ἵσταντι Δ. 2.. οἵ τ' ἀργίλοφον πὰρ Ζεφυρίου κολώναν ν[ fr. 140b. 5. Αἰγυπτίαν Μένδητα, πὰρ κρημνὸν θαλάσσας ἔσχατον Νείλου κέρας fr. 201. 1.

c contrary to, against
ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν O. 2.16
“φύονται δὲ καὶ νέοις ἐν ἀνδράσιν πολιαὶ θαμάκι παρὰ τὸν ἁλικίας ἐοικότα χρόνον” O. 4.27
μὴ παρὰ καιρὸν O. 8.24

τὸ καυχᾶσθαι παρὰ καιρὸν μανίαισιν ὑποκρέκει O. 9.38

πολλὰ δ' ἀνθρώποις παρὰ γνώμαν ἔπεσεν O. 12.10

καὶ τὰν παρ' ὅρκον καὶ παρὰ ἐλπίδα κτίσιν O. 13.83
τί κομπέω παρὰ καιρόν; P. 10.4 τὸ δὲ πὰρ δίκαν γλυκὺ πικροτάτα μένει τελευτά. I. 7.47

d past, by

I
παρὰ σκοπὸν οὐ χρὴ τὰ πολλὰ βέλεα καρτύνειν χεροῖν O. 13.94
μαθὼν δέ τις ἀνερεῖ, εἰ πὰρ μέλος ἔρχομαι ψάγιον ὄαρον ἐννέπων (i. e. εἰ λοξὰ καὶ οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγω Σ.) N. 7.69 οὐ πὰρ σκοπόν fr. 6a. g. παρὰ ναῦν δ' ἰθύει τάχιστα δελφίς fr. 234.

II met., beyond, exceeding, past
παρ' αἶσαν ἐξερεθίζων P. 8.13

e side by side with, in comparison with
ἓν παρ' ἐσλὸν πήματα σύνδυο δαίονται βροτοῖς ἀθάνατοι P. 3.81
“εἰ δὲ χρὴ καὶ πὰρ σοφὸν ἀντιφερίξαι, ἐρέω” P. 9.50 σὲ δἐγὼ παρά μιν αἰνέω μέν, Γηρυόνα ( παρ' ἀμὶν v. l. in codd. Aristidis, sed v. Σ ad loc., παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν Ἡρακλέα) fr. 81 ad Δ. 2. παρὰ Λύδιον ἅρμα πεζὸς οἰχνέων fr. 206.

f for the sake of
οὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ κενεὰν παρὰ δίαιταν O. 2.65

g of alternation, Κάστορος βίαν, σέ τε, ἄναξ Πολύδευκες, υἱοὶ θεῶν, τὸ μὲν παρ' ἆμαρ ἕδραισι Θεράπνας, τὸ δ οἰκέοντας ἔνδον Ὀλύμπου every second day P. 11.63

2 c. gen.,

a from of motion from, from beside
ἵκων δ' παῤ εὐηράτων σταθμῶν O. 5.9
“ ἀντρόθε γὰρ νέομαι πὰρ Χαρικλοῦς καὶ Φιλύρας” P. 4.103
κωμάσομεν παρ' Ἀπόλλωνος Σικυωνόθε, Μοῖσαι, τὰν νεοκτίσταν ἐς Αἴτναν N. 9.1
Θέμιν ὠκεανοῦ παρὰ παγᾶν Μοῖραι ἆγον fr. 30. 2.

b from without motion,

I
παρὰ πατρὸς εὔδοξον Ἱπποδάμειαν σχεθέμεν O. 1.70

ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν μισθόν P. 1.76

εἴ τι καὶ φλαῦρον παραιθύσσει μέγα τοι φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν P. 1.88

χρὴ τὰ ἐοικότα πὰρ δαιμόνων μαστευέμεν P. 3.59

εὖχος ἤδη παρὰ Πυθιάδος ἵπποις ἑλών P. 5.21

II of place of origin. συμβαλεῖν δ' εὐμαρὲς ἦν τό τε Πεισάνδρου πάλαι αἷμ ἀπὸ Σπάρτας, καὶ παῤ Ἰσμηνοῦ ῥοᾶν κεκραμένον ἐκ Μελανίπποιο μάτρωος (Bergk: ῥοὰν codd.) N. 11.36

c πὰρ ποδός, at
γνόντα τὸ πὰρ ποδὸς P. 3.60

τῶν δ' ἕκαστος ὀρούει, τυχών κεν ἁρπαλέαν σχέθοι φροντίδα τὰν πὰρ ποδός P. 10.62

3 c. dat.

a beside, by of place.
παρ' Ἀλφεῷ O. 1.20

πὰρ ποδί O. 1.74

παρὰ βωμῷ O. 1.93

παρ' Ἀλφειῷ O. 7.15

παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ O. 7.17

πὰρ Κρόνου λόφῳ O. 8.17

ἀρχαίῳ σάματι πὰρ Πέλοπος O. 10.24

παρ' εὐκλέι Δίρκᾳ O. 10.85

συγγόνῳ παρ' ἑστίᾳ O. 12.14

ὁμιλέων παρ' οἰκείαις ἀρούραις O. 12.19

κόλποις παρ' εὐδόξοις Πίσας O. 14.23

παρὰ Βοιβιάδος κρημνοῖσιν P. 3.34
“ Καφισοῦ παρ' ὄχθαις” P. 4.46 παρὰ καλλιχόρῳ ναίοισι πόλι Χαρίτων ( καλλίχορον πόλιν Theon) P. 12.26 παρὰ μὲν ὑψιμέδοντι Παρνασσῷ (Tricl.: πὰρ codd.) N. 2.19
Παλίου δὲ πὰρ ποδί N. 4.54
[ παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ τε (v. l. Κασταλίαν) N. 6.37]
τὸ δὲ πὰρ ποδὶ ναὸς ἑλισσόμενον αἰεὶ κυμάτων N. 6.55

Κρονίου πὰρ τεμένει N. 6.61

παρὰ πεζοβόαις ἵπποις τε N. 9.34

Ἥβα τελείᾳ παρὰ ματέρι βαίνοισ N. 10.18
( χαλκὸν)
Λύκαιον πὰρ Διὸς θῆκε δρόμῳ N. 10.48

ἁμέραν τὰν μὲν παρὰ πατρὶ φίλῳ Δὶ νέμονται N. 10.55

παρὰ Κασταλίᾳ καὶ παρ' εὐδένδρῳ μολὼν ὄχθῳ Κρόνου N. 11.24

ῥεέθροισί τε Δίρκας ἔφανεν καὶ πὰρ Εὐρώτᾳ πέλας I. 1.29

Καίκου παρ' ὄχθαις I. 5.42

παρ' εὐτειχέσιν Κάδμου πύλαις I. 6.76

παρὰ καλλιρόῳ Δίρκᾳ I. 8.19

Ζηνὶ μισγομέναν ἢ Διὸς παρ' ἀδελφεοῖσιν I. 8.35
ποτίκολλον ἅτε ξύλον παρὰ ξύλῳ fr. 241.

b in the presence of,

I with, by the side of, among
παρὰ μὲν τιμίοις θεῶν O. 2.65

ἀκίνδυνοι δ' ἀρεταὶ οὔτε παῤ ἀνδράσιν οὔτ ἐν ναυσὶ κοίλαις τίμιαι O. 6.10

Μοῖσα, καὶ πὰρ Δεινομένει κελαδῆσαι πίθεό μοι P. 1.58

εὐμενέσσι γὰρ παρὰ Κρονίδαις P. 2.25

παρὰ τυραννίδι P. 2.87

καὶ θεοὶ δαίσαντο παρ' ἀμφοτέροις P. 3.93

σάμερον μὲν χρή σε παρ' ἀνδρὶ φίλῳ στᾶμεν P. 4.1

παρὰ ματρὶ μένειν P. 4.186

Κόλχοισιν βίαν μεῖξαν Αἰήτᾳ παρ' αὐτῷ P. 4.213
( Ὑπερβορέων),
παρ' οἷς ποτε Περσεὺς ἐδαίσατο λαγέτας P. 10.31

γάμον δαίσαντα πὰρ Δὶ Κρονίδᾳ N. 1.72

νῦν δὲ παρ' Αἰγιόχῳ κάλλιστον ὄλβον ἀμφέπων ναίει I. 4.58
σεμνᾷ μὲν κατάρχει Ματέρι πὰρ μεγάλᾳ ῥόμβοι τυπάνων Δ. 2.. παρὰ δέ σφισιν εὐανθὴς ἅπας τέθαλεν ὄλβος i. e. in their country Θρ. 7. 7.

II met., with καλός τοι πίθων παρὰ παισίν, αἰεὶ καλός in the opinion of P. 2.72 κοινᾶνι παρ' εὐθυτάτῳ γνώμαν πιθών, πάντα ἰσάντι νόῳ in the judgement of P. 3.28
αἰὼν δ' ἀσφαλὴς οὔτ ἔγεντ οὔτ Αἰακίδᾳ παρὰ Πηλεῖ οὔτε παῤ ἀντιθέῳ Κάδμῳ P. 3.87

4

a in tmesis. “ παρά τις ἔτρεψεν ἄμμι θεός” (v. παρατρέπω) I. 8.10

b fragg.
τὶν μὲν [πά]ρ μιν[ ] ἐμὶν δὲ πὰ[ρ] κείνοι[ς Πα. 1. 1 ]ν πάρα Pae. 22.9
νέ]μομαι παρὰ[ fr. 215b. 9.

Lexicon to Pindar > πάρ
17 περί

περί ( πέρι in anastrophe: πεῤ before vowels.)

a prep. c. acc.,

I round, around
περὶ τέρμα δρόμου ἵππων φυτεῦσαι O. 3.34

περὶ δωδέκατον δρόμον ἐλαυνόντεσσιν O. 6.75

II in
ἃν περὶ ψυχὰν ἐπεὶ γάθησεν P. 4.122

b c. gen.,

I concerning
ἀγῶνα νέμειν ἀνδρῶν τ' ἀρετᾶς πέρι καὶ διφρηλασίας O. 3.37

ὁ μὲν Πυθῶνάδ' ᾤχετ ἰὼν μαντευσάμενος ταύτας πεῤ ἀτλάτου πάθας O. 6.38

εἴ τιν' ἔχει λόγον ἀνθρώπων πέρι O. 8.4

διδοῖ ψᾶφον περ' αὐτᾶς P. 4.265

πότμος δὲ κρίνει συγγενὴς ἔργων πέρι πάντων N. 5.40

πεῖραν μὲν ἀγάνορα Φοινικοστόλων ἐγχέων ταύταν θανάτου πέρι καὶ ζωᾶς ἀναβάλλομαι N. 9.29

εἰ δὲ κασιγνήτου πέρι μάρνασαι N. 10.85

πολλὰ μὲν ἀρτιεπὴς γλῶσσά μοι τοξεύματ' ἔχει περὶ κείνων κελαδέσαι I. 5.47

ἀμφιπόλοις δὲ [μ]υρ[ιᾶν] περὶ τιμᾶν δηριαζόμενον Pae. 6.118

b beyond περὶ θνατῶν δ' ἔσεσθαι μάντιν ἐπιχθονίοις ἔξοχον (fort. tmesis, περι-ἔσεσθαι) O. 6.50

c c. dat.,

I of the object at stake, over, about, in respect of
δηρίομαι πολέσιν περὶ πλήθει καλῶν O. 13.45

εἰ δέ τις ἤδη κτεάτεσσί τε καὶ περὶ τιμᾷ λέγει P. 2.59

ἐσλοῖσι μάρναται πέρι πᾶσα πόλις N. 5.47

ὅστις ἁμιλλᾶται περὶ ἐσχάτων ἀέθλων κορυφαῖς N. 10.31

περὶ δ' ὑψικόμῳ Ἑλένᾳ χρῆν ἄρα Πέργαμον εὐρὺν ἀιστῶσαι σέλας αἰθομένου πυρός Pae. 6.95
ἢ περὶ χρήμασι μοχθίζει βιαίως fr. 123. 7.

II by reason of, for
κεῖνόν γε καὶ βαρύκομποι λέοντες περὶ δείματι φύγον P. 5.58

ἄπεπλος ἐκ λεχέων νεοτόκων [ ]νόρουσε περὶ φόβῳ Pae. 20.15

g around, i. e. with ἴστε μὰν Αἴαντος ἀλκάν, φοίνιον τὰν ὀψίᾳ ἐν νυκτὶ ταμὼν περὶ ᾧ φασγάνῳ μομφὰν ἔχει (cf.
φασγάνῳ ἀμφικυλίσαις N. 8.23
) I. 4.36

d in tmesis. περὶ δὲ πάξαις (v. περιπάγνυμι) O. 10.45, cf. O. 6.50

e frag. ]
πέρι Pae. 4.58
περιπ[ Παρθ. 2. 49.

Lexicon to Pindar > περί
18 ἀναστρέφω

ἀναστρέφω, poet. [full] ἀνστρέφω, [tense] pf. ἀνέστροφα v.l. in Theognet.1.8, [ per.] 3pl.

A ἀνέστροφαν Cerc.Fr.17.30
:—turn upside down, μήπως.. δίφρους ἀνστρέψειαν might upset them, Il.23.436; ὁ θεὸς πάντ' ἀ. πάλιν E.Supp. 331
; ἀ. γένος Ar.Av. 1240
; τὴν ζοήν Cerc.l.c.; ἀ. καρδίαν upset the stomach, i.e. cause sickness, Th.2.49; reverse, A.Pers. 333, Ar.Pl. 779:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ἀναστραφήσεσθαι τὰ τῆς Ἑλλάδος πράγματα Isoc.5.64
: [tense] pf. ἀνεστράφθαι τῆς πολιτείας Id.6.66
codd.; ὄρος ἀνεστραμμένον ἐν τῇ ζητήσει turned up by digging, Hdt.6.47, cf. X.Oec. 16.12.

2 invert order of words or statements, Demetr.Eloc.11, al., Hermog.Id.1.11:—also in [voice] Pass., with ref. to ἐπαναστροφή (q. v.), ib.12.

3 = ἀρνεῖσθαι, S.Fr. 1012.

II turn back, Com.Adesp. 22.73D.; bring back, τινὰ ἐξ Ἅιδου S.Ph. 449
, cf. E.Hipp. 1228; ἀ. δίκην τινί Id.Ba. 793
; ὄμμ' ἀ. κύκλῳ to roll it about, Id.Hel. 1557.

2 intr., turn back, retire, Hdt.1.80, etc.; esp. in part., ἀναστρέψας ἀπήλαυνεν X An.1.4.5, etc.; but also, rally, of troops, Th.4.43, X.HG6.2.21, cf. B.111.1:—ἀναστρέφον, τό, v. a)nakukliko/s.

III in Gramm., write with anastrophe, as πέρι for περί, Hdn.Gr.2.52,66:—[voice] Pass., 1.481, al.

2 Math.,
ἀναστρέψαντι
convertendo, Euc.5.19
Cor.; so in Logic, οἱ ἀντιστρέφοντες οὐχ οἱ ἀναστρέφοντες ἀλλήλοις λόγοι συναληθεύονται Gal.11.465
.

B [voice] Pass., v. supr. A.1.

II dwell in a place, ἀλλά τιν' ἄλλην γαῖαν ἀναστρέφομαι go to a place and dwell there, Od.13.326, cf. Call. Lav.Pall.76, Aet.1.1.6 (so ἀναστρέφειν πόδα ἐν γῇ E.Hipp. 1176
); ἀναττρέφεσθαι ἐν Ἀργει Id.Tr. 993
; ἐν φανερῷ, ἐν μέσῳ, go about in public, X.HG6.4.16, Pl.R. 558a; ἀ. ταύτῃ Th.8.94
; ἐν εὐφροσύναις X.Ag.9.4
; ἐν τοῖς ἤθεσι Pl.Lg. 865e
; ἀ. ἐν ξυμμαχίᾳ continue in an alliance, X.HG7.3.2;
ἀ. ἐν γεωργίᾳ
to be engaged in.., Id.Oec.5.13
; ἐπὶ κυνηγεσίαις Plb.32.15.9
; ἀ. ἔν τινι dwell upon, in writing, Apollon. Cit.2: generally, conduct oneself, behave, ὡς δεστότης X.An.2.5.14
; οὑτωσί Arist.EN 1103b20
; θρασέως, ἀχαρίστως καὶ ἀσεβῶς εἴς τινα, Plb.1.9.7, 23.17.10; ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὁσίως IG12(7).233
([place name] Amorgos); ὡς τὰ παιδία Epict.Ench.29.3
; πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀ. 1 Ep.Ti.3.15
.

2 revolve, like the sun in the heavens, X.Mem.4.3.8.

III of soldiers, face about, rally, Id.An.1.10.12, HG6.2.20, etc.

2 to be reversed or inverted, ἐμοὶ τοῦτ' ἀνέστραπται Id.Hier.4.5
, cf. Cyr.8.8.13, Arist. Mech. 854a10.

3 return, Pl.Plt. 271a; retreat, Arist.HA 621b34.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀναστρέφω
19 ὑπάρ

ὑπάρ, Pamph. for ὑπέρ, in anastrophe [full] ὕπαρ, Schwyzer 686.2.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπάρ
20 ἐκ

ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ: out.—I. adv. (here belong the examples of ‘tmesis’ so-called), ἐκ δ' εὐνὰς ἔβαλον, Il. 1.436; ἐκ δ ἔσσυτο λᾶός, Il. 8.58; a gen. in the same clause may specify the relation of the adverb, thus forming a transition to the true prepositional use, ἐκ δ' ἄγαγε κλισίης (gen. of place whence) Βρῖσηίδα, Il. 1.346.—II. prep w. gen., out of, ( forth) from; of distance or separation, ἐκ βελέων, ‘out of range,’ Il. 11.163 ; ἐκ καπνοῦ, ‘out of,’ ‘away from’ the smoke, Od. 16.288; often where motion is rather implied than expressed, as with verbs of beginning, attaching or hanging, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἀρχόμενος, ‘beginning with that,’ Od. 23.199 ; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα, Od. 8.67; τῆς δ' ἐξ ἀργύρεος τελαμων ἦν, ‘attached to it,’ Il. 11.38 ; ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ' ἐστίν, ‘one set of buildings adjoining another,’ Od. 17.266; hence temporal, ἐκ τοῦδε, ἐξ οὗ, since; often causal, ἐξ ἆρέων μητρὸς κεχολωμένος, ‘in consequence of,’ Il. 9.566; sometimes nearly equiv. to ὑπό, i. e. source for agency, πάσχειν τι ἔκ τινος, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός, Il. 2.669; phrases, ἐκ θῦμοῦ φιλεῖν, ἐξ ἔριδος μάχεσθαι, etc.—ἐκ is accented (‘anastrophe’) when it follows its case, καύματος ἔξ, Il. 5.865, Ξ , Od. 17.518.

A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ἐκ

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Anastrophe — is a figure of speech involving an inversion of the ordinary Western order of words; for example, saying echoed the hills to mean the hills echoed . In English, with its settled word order, departure from the expected word order emphasizes the… … Wikipedia
Anastrophe — A*nas tro*phe, n. [Gr. ?, fr. ? to turn up or back; ? + ? to turn.] (Rhet. & Gram.) An inversion of the natural order of words; as, echoed the hills, for, the hills echoed. [1913 Webster] … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
anastrophe — noun Etymology: Medieval Latin, from Greek anastrophē, literally, turning back, from anastrephein to turn back, from ana + strephein to turn Date: circa 1550 inversion of the usual syntactical order of words for rhetorical effect compare hysteron … New Collegiate Dictionary
anastrophe — a•nas•tro•phe [[t]əˈnæs trə fi[/t]] n. rht reversal of the usual order of words for rhetorical effect • Etymology: 1570–80; < Gk: turning back … From formal English to slang
Hyperbaton — is a figure of speech in which words that naturally belong together are separated from each other for emphasis or effect. This kind of unnatural or rhetorical separation is possible to a much greater degree in highly inflected languages, where… … Wikipedia
inversion — /in verr zheuhn, sheuhn/, n. 1. an act or instance of inverting. 2. the state of being inverted. 3. anything that is inverted. 4. Rhet. reversal of the usual or natural order of words; anastrophe. 5. Gram. any change from a basic word order or… … Universalium
Glossary of rhetorical terms — Rhetorical Theory is a subject rife with jargon and special terminology. This page explains commonly used rhetorical terms in alphabetical order. The brief definitions here are intended to serve as a quick reference rather than an in depth… … Wikipedia
List of characters in the Banjo-Kazooie series — This is a list of characters from the Banjo Kazooie series of video games. Main characters Banjo Banjo is a rare anthropomorphic brown honey [ [http://web.archive.org/web/19990220041733/www.rareware.com/recent/games/banjo/castlist/ Rarewhere:… … Wikipedia
Writing style — is the manner in which a writer addresses a matter in prose, a manner which reveals the writer s personality, or voice. It is particularly evident in the choices the writer makes in syntactical structures, diction, and figures of thought. The… … Wikipedia
Pericles' Funeral Oration — is a famous speech from Thucydides History of the Peloponnesian War . [Thucydides, History of the Peloponnesian War , 2.34 2.46. ] The speech was delivered by Pericles, an eminent Athenian politician, at the end of the first year of the… … Wikipedia
Wikipedia:List of Wikipedians by number of edits — Shortcuts: WP:NOE WP:WBE WP:EDITS WP:MOSTEDITS This is a list of Wikipedians ordered by number of edits in the English language Wikipedia. Edits in all namespaces are counted; deleted edits have been included in recent versions. Click… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

by anastrophe for

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

by anastrophe for

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: